WO2022198513A1 - Switch apparatus, communication method, and related device - Google Patents

Switch apparatus, communication method, and related device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2022198513A1
WO2022198513A1 PCT/CN2021/082790 CN2021082790W WO2022198513A1 WO 2022198513 A1 WO2022198513 A1 WO 2022198513A1 CN 2021082790 W CN2021082790 W CN 2021082790W WO 2022198513 A1 WO2022198513 A1 WO 2022198513A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
port
antenna
ports
dpdt
main set
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2021/082790
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
吕清
史坡
邱丹
荆伟涛
邹俊浩
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Priority to CN202180005197.6A priority Critical patent/CN115398811B/en
Priority to PCT/CN2021/082790 priority patent/WO2022198513A1/en
Publication of WO2022198513A1 publication Critical patent/WO2022198513A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04B—TRANSMISSION
    • H04B1/00—Details of transmission systems, not covered by a single one of groups H04B3/00 - H04B13/00; Details of transmission systems not characterised by the medium used for transmission
    • H04B1/38—Transceivers, i.e. devices in which transmitter and receiver form a structural unit and in which at least one part is used for functions of transmitting and receiving
    • H04B1/40—Circuits
    • H04B1/401—Circuits for selecting or indicating operating mode
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04B—TRANSMISSION
    • H04B7/00—Radio transmission systems, i.e. using radiation field
    • H04B7/02—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas
    • H04B7/04—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas
    • H04B7/0404—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas the mobile station comprising multiple antennas, e.g. to provide uplink diversity

Definitions

  • the embodiments of the present application relate to the field of communication technologies, and in particular, to a switch device, a communication method, and related equipment.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a multi-antenna switching circuit of LTE. As shown in FIG. 1, the multi-antenna selection (MAS) technology adds left and right antennas on the basis of the upper and lower antennas.
  • MAS multi-antenna selection
  • FIG 2 is a schematic diagram of a multi-antenna switching circuit for NR.
  • the sounding reference signal (SRS) of transmit 4 receiver, 1T4R) that is, the SRS signal needs to be transmitted on four antennas (such as ANT4, ANT5, ANT6 and ANT7 shown in Figure 2) in turn, so that the base station can transmit Estimate the quality of the downlink channel of the mobile phone terminal through the SRS signal.
  • SRS sounding reference signal
  • the scheme of sharing four antennas for LTE and NR is mostly adopted.
  • the existing LTE and NR antenna sharing technology directly reduces the number of antennas by half, in order to ensure the normal operation of the antenna switching between LTE and NR, more additional components are added, which increases the Circuit layout area and manufacturing cost, which greatly contradict the original purpose of the shared antenna scheme.
  • Embodiments of the present application provide a switching device, a communication method, and related equipment, which can further reduce the circuit layout area and reduce the manufacturing cost under the condition of realizing antenna switching and performing normal operation.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a switch device, which is applied to a communication device, where the communication device includes an antenna system, and the antenna system includes K antennas; the switch device includes N+X first ports, K+N second ports and N combiners; wherein, K second ports in the K+N second ports are respectively connected to the K antennas one by one; the K+Nth The N second ports in the two ports are respectively connected with the respective first input terminals of the N combiners one by one; the respective output terminals of the N combiners are respectively connected with the N+X first ports The N first ports in are connected one by one; N, X, and K are integers greater than or equal to 1; the switching device is used to: turn on the i-th first port in the N first ports and The jth second port among the K second ports transmits the first type signal through the corresponding jth antenna; i is an integer greater than or equal to 1 and less than or equal to N, and j is greater than or equal to 1, and an integer less than or equal to
  • s is greater than or equal to 1 and less than or equal to X Integer.
  • a switch device in an embodiment of the present application, includes a plurality of first ports, a plurality of second ports, and a plurality of combiners.
  • the switch device includes a plurality of first ports, a plurality of second ports, and a plurality of combiners.
  • some of the first ports in the plurality of first ports are used to transmit the first type of signals (for example, LTE main set transmit signals, LTE main set receive signals, and LTE diversity receive signals), and the rest of the plurality of first ports
  • Some of the first ports are used to transmit the second type of signals (eg, NR main set transmit signals, NR main set receive signals, and NR diversity receive signals).
  • some of the second ports of the plurality of second ports can be connected to the plurality of antennas one by one, and the remaining part of the second ports can be connected to the part of the first ports for transmitting the first type of signals through a combiner one by one.
  • the first port for transmitting the first type of signal and the second port connected to the first antenna can be turned on through the switching device, so that the first type of signal can be transmitted through the first antenna.
  • the second type signal also needs to be transmitted through the first antenna at this time
  • the first port for transmitting the second type signal and the corresponding second port can be turned on through the switching device, and the corresponding first port can be turned on.
  • the second port is the second port that is connected to the first port for transmitting the first type of signal through a combiner, so that the first port and the second port connected to the first antenna can be connected.
  • the first port for transmitting the second type of signal is indirectly connected to the second port connected with the first antenna, so that the second type of signal can also be transmitted through the first antenna.
  • the second type of signal can be transmitted through the switch device by selecting the same antenna according to the actual needs, and the transmission of the other party will not be interrupted because one party occupies the antenna, and there is no mutual interference. reduce the number of circuit breakers, thereby reducing the circuit layout area and production cost.
  • the switch device is further configured to: when the second type signal needs to be transmitted through the j' th antenna, turn on the s th th th th th th port in the X first ports A port and the j'th second port among the K second ports, and transmit the second type signal through the corresponding j'th antenna; j' is greater than or equal to 1, and less than or equal to K an integer, j is not equal to j'.
  • the switching device when the first type of signal occupies an antenna for transmission, if the second type of signal needs to be transmitted through other antennas, the switching device can be used to turn on the first port for transmitting the second type of signal and the The other antenna is connected to the second port, so that the first signal can be transmitted through the other antenna.
  • the embodiment of the present application can satisfy the requirement that when the first type of signal is occupied by the antenna for transmission, the second type of signal can be transmitted by selecting the same antenna or other antennas through the switching device according to actual needs, and the two The transmission of similar signals can share one antenna system, and the two types of signals can select the antenna and transmit without interfering with each other, and will not interrupt the transmission of the other because one party occupies the antenna, improve the performance of signal transmission, and ensure the user experience.
  • the switch device includes a first double-pole double-throw switch DPDT, a second DPDT, a third DPDT and a double-pole four-throw switch DP4T;
  • the N first ports include the first Two P ports of a DPDT;
  • the X first ports include two P ports in the DP4T;
  • the K second ports include two T ports in the second DPDT and the third DPDT The two T ports in the DP4T;
  • the N second ports include the two T ports in the DP4T.
  • the switch device may specifically include three double-pole double-throw switches, one double-pole four-throw switch, and the above-mentioned multiple combiners.
  • the embodiment of the present application can realize that two types of signals share one antenna system through a simple switching device, and under the condition that the two types of signals are selected for transmission without mutual interference, the circuit area and production cost are further reduced, which satisfies the actual situation. production and use requirements.
  • each of the first DPDT, the second DPDT and the third DPDT includes a first P-port, a second P-port, a first T-port and a second T port;
  • the DP4T includes the first P port, the second P port, the first T port, the second T port, the third T port and the fourth T port;
  • the first T port of the first DPDT is connected to the first P port of the second DPDT; the first T port of the second DPDT is connected to the first antenna of the K antennas;
  • the second T port of the first DPDT is connected to the first P port of the third DPDT; the first T port of the third DPDT is connected to the second antenna of the K antennas;
  • the second T port of the DP4T is connected to the second P port of the second DPDT; the second T port of the second DPDT is connected to the third antenna in the K antennas;
  • the third T port of the DP4T is connected to the second P port of the third DPDT; the second T port of the third DPDT is connected to the fourth antenna among the K antennas.
  • the corresponding ports in the existing double-pole double-throw switch and double-pole four-throw switch can be connected to the four antennas in the antenna system, so that the first type of signal and the second type of signal can pass through
  • the conduction between the ports in the plurality of switches selects the antenna for transmission.
  • the embodiment of the present application can further ensure that the first type of signal and the second type of signal can select a shared antenna system on the premise that the first type of signal and the second type of signal share one antenna system, which greatly reduces the number of antennas Any antenna in the system can transmit signals without interfering with each other.
  • the communication device further includes a radio frequency circuit
  • the radio frequency circuit includes a first type of circuit and a second type of circuit
  • the first type of circuit includes a first main set transmitting circuit, a first main A set receiving circuit and a first diversity receiving circuit
  • the second type of circuit includes a second main set transmitting circuit, a second main set receiving circuit and a second diversity receiving circuit
  • the N combiners include a first combiner and a second combiner; wherein, the first diversity receiving circuit is connected to the second input end of the first combiner; the first main set transmitting circuit and the first main set receiving circuit are connected to the The second input end of the second combiner is connected; the second diversity receiving circuit is connected to the first P port of the DP4T; the second main set transmitting circuit and the second main set receiving circuit are connected with The second P port of the DP4T is connected.
  • the communication device may further include a radio frequency circuit
  • the radio frequency circuit may specifically include an LTE master transmitter circuit (eg, a first master transmitter circuit), an LTE master receiver circuit (eg, a first master receiver circuit) ) and LTE diversity receiving circuit (such as the first diversity receiving circuit), as well as the NR main set transmitting circuit (such as the second main set transmitting circuit), the NR main set receiving circuit (such as the second main set receiving circuit) and the NR diversity receiving circuit (such as the second diversity receiving circuit).
  • LTE master transmitter circuit eg, a first master transmitter circuit
  • an LTE master receiver circuit eg, a first master receiver circuit
  • LTE diversity receiving circuit such as the first diversity receiving circuit
  • the NR main set transmitting circuit such as the second main set transmitting circuit
  • the NR main set receiving circuit such as the second main set receiving circuit
  • the NR diversity receiving circuit such as the second diversity receiving circuit
  • the multiple circuits are respectively connected with the corresponding ports in the double-pole double-throw switch and the double-pole four-throw switch, so that the LTE system and the NR system can share one antenna system, and the LTE controller in the LTE system can pass the above-mentioned multiple switches.
  • Antennas are selected for signal transmission in the antenna system, and the NR controller in the NR system can transmit SRS signals and receive corresponding signals in turn on multiple antennas of the antenna system.
  • the antenna switching of LTE and the SRS transmission of NR do not interfere with each other, which ensures the user experience.
  • the first type of signal includes a first main set transmit signal, a first main set receive signal and a first diversity receive signal
  • the second type of signal includes a second main set transmit signal, The second main set received signal and the second diversity received signal
  • the first input ends of the first combiner and the second combiner are high-frequency ends, the first combiner and the The second input end of the second combiner is a low frequency end.
  • the above-mentioned first type of signals may include LTE main set transmit signals, LTE main set receive signals, and LTE diversity receive signals
  • the second type of signals may include, for example, NR main set transmit signals, NR main set receive signals, and NR diversity received signal.
  • the LTE main set transmit signal for example, the SRS signal
  • the LTE main set receive signal and the LTE diversity receive signal can pass through the low frequency end of the combiner
  • the NR main set transmit signal, the NR main set receive signal and the NR diversity receive signal can pass through the low frequency end of the combiner. through the high frequency side of the combiner. Therefore, the embodiment of the present application can realize that the LTE signal transmission and the NR SRS rotation share one antenna system, and through the setting of the above two combiners, they do not interfere with each other, and the user experience is guaranteed.
  • the switch device further includes: a first single-pole double-throw switch SPDT and a second SPDT; both the first SPDT and the second SPDT include a P port and a first T port and the second T port; wherein, the first T port of the DP4T is connected to the first T port of the first SPDT; the P port of the first SPDT is connected to the first T port of the first combiner An input terminal is connected; the output terminal of the first combiner is connected to the first P port of the first DPDT; the fourth T port of the DP4T is connected to the first T port of the second SPDT port connection; the P port of the second SPDT is connected to the first input end of the second combiner; the output end of the second combiner is connected to the second P port of the first DPDT connect.
  • a first single-pole double-throw switch SPDT and a second SPDT both the first SPDT and the second SPDT include a P port and a first T port and the second T port; wherein, the first T port of the
  • the switch device may further include two SPDT switches, and the two SPDT switches are respectively used to connect the two combiners and the corresponding ports in the double-pole-four-throw switch, so that when the When the first type of signal is occupying the antenna for transmission, if the second type of signal needs to be transmitted through the same antenna at this time, you can turn on the corresponding port in the double-pole four-throw switch and the single-pole double-throw switch, and connect the The combiner and the conducting line for the first type of signal conduct the second type of signal to the same antenna for transmission.
  • the embodiments of the present application can realize that both the first type of signal and the second type of signal can select any antenna in the shared antenna system for signal transmission, without mutual interference, and reduce the number of combiners, thereby reducing the number of Circuit layout area and production cost.
  • the switch device is specifically configured to: control the first P port and the second T port in the first DPDT to conduct, and the second T port in the first DPDT
  • the P port is connected to the first T port
  • the first P port of the second DPDT is connected to the first T port
  • the second P port of the second DPDT is connected to the second T port is turned on
  • the first P port in the third DPDT is connected with the first T port
  • the second P port in the third DPDT is connected with the second T port
  • the The first main set transmitting circuit and the first main set receiving circuit are respectively connected with the first antenna
  • the first diversity receiving circuit is connected with the second antenna
  • the port is connected to the third antenna
  • the third T port in the DP4T is connected to the fourth antenna; wherein, the first main set transmitting circuit is used for transmitting through the first antenna the first main set transmit signal; the first main set receiving circuit is used for receiving the first main set receiving signal through the first antenna;
  • the first main set transmitting circuit, the first main set receiving circuit, and the first diversity receiving circuit can be respectively connected to the corresponding antennas through the respective conduction states of the three double-pole double-throw switches, thereby Corresponding signals are respectively transmitted and received through corresponding antennas.
  • the first DPDT when the first DPDT is controlled to be in a cross-conduction state (for example, the first P port in the first DPDT is connected to the second T port, and the second P port is connected to the first T port), the first The second DPDT is in the pass-through state (for example, the first P port in the second DPDT is connected to the first T port, and the second P port is connected to the second T port), and the third DPDT is in the pass-through state (such as When the first P port and the first T port in the third DPDT are turned on, and the second P port and the second T port are turned on), based on the connection relationship between the above switches, antennas and circuits, The first main set transmit circuit and the first main set receive circuit may be connected to the first antenna, and the first diversity receive circuit may be connected to the second antenna. In this way, the embodiments of the present application can implement antenna selection among multiple antennas and transmit the first type of signals by connecting multiple simple switches between the radio frequency circuit and the antenna, and controlling the conduction
  • the switch device is specifically configured to: control the first P port and the second T port in the first DPDT to conduct, and the second T port in the first DPDT
  • the P port is connected to the first T port
  • the first P port of the second DPDT is connected to the first T port
  • the second P port of the second DPDT is connected to the second T port is turned on
  • the first P port in the third DPDT is connected with the second T port
  • the second P port in the third DPDT is connected with the first T port
  • the The first main set transmitting circuit and the first main set receiving circuit are respectively connected to the first antenna
  • the first diversity receiving circuit is connected to the fourth antenna
  • the second T in the DP4T The port is connected with the third antenna
  • the third T port in the DP4T is connected with the second antenna; wherein, the first main set transmitting circuit is used for transmitting through the first antenna the first main set transmits a signal;
  • the first main set receiving circuit is used for receiving the first main set receiving signal through the first antenna; the first diversity receiving circuit is used for receiving the first main set receiving signal through the fourth antenna Diversity received signal.
  • the first main set transmitting circuit, the first main set receiving circuit, and the first diversity receiving circuit can be respectively connected to the corresponding antennas through the respective conduction states of the three double-pole double-throw switches, thereby Corresponding signals are respectively transmitted and received through corresponding antennas.
  • the first DPDT is controlled to be in a cross-conducting state
  • the second DPDT is in a direct-connecting state
  • the third DPDT is in a cross-conducting state
  • the first main set The transmitting circuit and the first main set receiving circuit are connected to the first antenna
  • the first diversity receiving circuit is connected to the fourth antenna.
  • the embodiments of the present application can implement antenna selection among multiple antennas and transmit the first type of signals by connecting multiple simple switches between the radio frequency circuit and the antenna, and controlling the conduction state of each switch.
  • the switch device is specifically configured to: control the conduction between the first P port and the first T port in the first DPDT, and control the second port in the first DPDT to conduct
  • the P port is connected to the second T port
  • the first P port of the second DPDT is connected to the first T port
  • the second P port of the second DPDT is connected to the second T port is turned on
  • the first P port in the third DPDT is connected with the first T port
  • the second P port in the third DPDT is connected with the second T port
  • the The first main set transmitting circuit and the first main set receiving circuit are respectively connected with the second antenna
  • the first diversity receiving circuit is connected with the first antenna
  • the port is connected to the third antenna
  • the third T port in the DP4T is connected to the fourth antenna; wherein, the first main set transmitting circuit is used for transmitting through the second antenna the first main set transmit signal; the first main set receiving circuit is used for receiving the first main set receiving signal through
  • the first main set transmitting circuit, the first main set receiving circuit, and the first diversity receiving circuit can be respectively connected to the corresponding antennas through the respective conduction states of the three double-pole double-throw switches, thereby Corresponding signals are respectively transmitted and received through corresponding antennas.
  • the first main set transmitting circuit and the third DPDT can be connected.
  • a main set receiving circuit is connected to the second antenna, and a first diversity receiving circuit is connected to the first antenna.
  • the switch device is specifically configured to: control the conduction between the first P port and the first T port in the first DPDT, and control the second port in the first DPDT to conduct
  • the P port is connected to the second T port
  • the first P port of the second DPDT is connected to the second T port
  • the second P port of the second DPDT is connected to the first T port is turned on
  • the first P port in the third DPDT is connected with the first T port
  • the second P port in the third DPDT is connected with the second T port
  • the The first main set transmitting circuit and the first main set receiving circuit are respectively connected to the second antenna
  • the first diversity receiving circuit is connected to the third antenna
  • the second T in the DP4T The port is connected with the first antenna
  • the third T port in the DP4T is connected with the fourth antenna; wherein, the first main set transmitting circuit is used for transmitting through the second antenna the first main set transmitting signal; the first main set receiving circuit, used for receiving the first main set receiving signal
  • the first main set transmitting circuit, the first main set receiving circuit, and the first diversity receiving circuit can be respectively connected to the corresponding antennas through the respective conduction states of the three double-pole double-throw switches, thereby Corresponding signals are respectively transmitted and received through corresponding antennas.
  • the first main set transmitting circuit can be and the first main set receiving circuit is connected to the second antenna, and the first diversity receiving circuit is connected to the third antenna.
  • the embodiments of the present application can implement antenna selection among multiple antennas and transmit the first type of signals by connecting multiple simple switches between the radio frequency circuit and the antenna, and controlling the conduction state of each switch.
  • the switch device is specifically configured to: control the first P port and the second T port in the first DPDT to conduct, and the second T port in the first DPDT
  • the P port is connected to the first T port
  • the first P port of the second DPDT is connected to the second T port
  • the second P port of the second DPDT is connected to the first T port is turned on
  • the first P port in the third DPDT is connected with the first T port
  • the second P port in the third DPDT is connected with the second T port
  • the The first main set transmitting circuit and the first main set receiving circuit are respectively connected to the third antenna
  • the first diversity receiving circuit is connected to the second antenna
  • the second T in the DP4T The port is connected to the first antenna
  • the third T port in the DP4T is connected to the fourth antenna; wherein, the first main set transmitting circuit is used for transmitting through the third antenna the first main set transmit signal; the first main set receiving circuit is used for receiving the first main set receiving signal through the third antenna;
  • the first main set transmitting circuit, the first main set receiving circuit, and the first diversity receiving circuit can be respectively connected to the corresponding antennas through the respective conduction states of the three double-pole double-throw switches, thereby Corresponding signals are respectively transmitted and received through corresponding antennas.
  • the first DPDT is controlled to be in the cross-conduction state
  • the second DPDT is in the cross-conduction state
  • the third DPDT is in the straight-through state
  • the first main set The transmitting circuit and the first main set receiving circuit are connected to the third antenna
  • the first diversity receiving circuit is connected to the second antenna.
  • the embodiments of the present application can implement antenna selection among multiple antennas and transmit the first type of signals by connecting multiple simple switches between the radio frequency circuit and the antenna, and controlling the conduction state of each switch.
  • the switch device is specifically configured to: control the first P port and the second T port in the first DPDT to conduct, and the second T port in the first DPDT
  • the P port is connected to the first T port
  • the first P port of the second DPDT is connected to the second T port
  • the second P port of the second DPDT is connected to the first T port is turned on
  • the first P port in the third DPDT is connected with the second T port
  • the second P port in the third DPDT is connected with the first T port
  • the The first main set transmitting circuit and the first main set receiving circuit are respectively connected to the third antenna
  • the first diversity receiving circuit is connected to the fourth antenna
  • the second T in the DP4T The port is connected with the first antenna
  • the third T port in the DP4T is connected with the second antenna; wherein, the first main set transmitting circuit is used for transmitting through the third antenna the first main set transmit signal; the first main set receiving circuit is used for receiving the first main set receiving signal through the third antenna;
  • the first main set transmitting circuit, the first main set receiving circuit, and the first diversity receiving circuit can be respectively connected to the corresponding antennas through the respective conduction states of the three double-pole double-throw switches, thereby Corresponding signals are respectively transmitted and received through corresponding antennas.
  • the first DPDT when the first DPDT is controlled to be in a cross-conducting state, the second DPDT is in a cross-conducting state, and the third DPDT is in a cross-conducting state, based on the connection relationship between the switches, antennas, and circuits described above, the first DPDT can be The main set transmitting circuit and the first main set receiving circuit are connected to the third antenna, and the first diversity receiving circuit is connected to the fourth antenna.
  • the embodiments of the present application can implement antenna selection among multiple antennas and transmit the first type of signals by connecting multiple simple switches between the radio frequency circuit and the antenna, and controlling the conduction state of each switch.
  • the switch device is specifically configured to: control the conduction between the first P port and the first T port in the first DPDT, and control the second port in the first DPDT to conduct
  • the P port is connected to the second T port
  • the first P port of the second DPDT is connected to the first T port
  • the second P port of the second DPDT is connected to the second T port is turned on
  • the first P port in the third DPDT is connected with the second T port
  • the second P port in the third DPDT is connected with the first T port
  • the The first main set transmitting circuit and the first main set receiving circuit are respectively connected to the fourth antenna
  • the first diversity receiving circuit is connected to the first antenna
  • the port is connected to the third antenna
  • the third T port in the DP4T is connected to the second antenna; wherein, the first main set transmitting circuit is used for transmitting through the fourth antenna the first main set transmit signal; the first main set receiving circuit is used for receiving the first main set receiving signal through
  • the first main set transmitting circuit, the first main set receiving circuit, and the first diversity receiving circuit can be respectively connected to the corresponding antennas through the respective conduction states of the three double-pole double-throw switches, thereby Corresponding signals are respectively transmitted and received through corresponding antennas.
  • the first main set transmitting circuit can be and the first main set receiving circuit is connected to the fourth antenna, and the first diversity receiving circuit is connected to the first antenna.
  • the embodiments of the present application can implement antenna selection among multiple antennas and transmit the first type of signals by connecting multiple simple switches between the radio frequency circuit and the antenna, and controlling the conduction state of each switch.
  • the switch device is specifically configured to: control the conduction between the first P port and the first T port in the first DPDT, and control the second port in the first DPDT to conduct
  • the P port is connected to the second T port
  • the first P port of the second DPDT is connected to the second T port
  • the second P port of the second DPDT is connected to the first T port is turned on
  • the first P port in the third DPDT is connected with the second T port
  • the second P port in the third DPDT is connected with the first T port
  • the The first main set transmitting circuit and the first main set receiving circuit are respectively connected to the fourth antenna
  • the first diversity receiving circuit is connected to the third antenna
  • the second T in the DP4T The port is connected with the first antenna
  • the third T port in the DP4T is connected with the second antenna; wherein, the first main set transmitting circuit is used for transmitting through the fourth antenna the first main set transmit signal; the first main set receiving circuit is used for receiving the first main set receiving signal through
  • the first main set transmitting circuit, the first main set receiving circuit, and the first diversity receiving circuit can be respectively connected to the corresponding antennas through the respective conduction states of the three double-pole double-throw switches, thereby Corresponding signals are respectively transmitted and received through corresponding antennas.
  • the first main set The transmitting circuit and the first main set receiving circuit are connected to the fourth antenna, and the first diversity receiving circuit is connected to the third antenna.
  • the embodiments of the present application can implement antenna selection among multiple antennas and transmit the first type of signals by connecting multiple simple switches between the radio frequency circuit and the antenna, and controlling the conduction state of each switch.
  • K is equal to 4, and the switching device is specifically configured to: when the second type signal needs to be transmitted through the jth antenna, if the jth antenna is connected to the jth antenna The first diversity receiving circuit is connected, then the P port of the first SPDT is controlled to be connected to the first T port of the first SPDT, and the first P port of the DP4T is controlled to be connected to the first T port of the DP4T.
  • the second main set transmitting circuit and the second main set receiving circuit are connected to the jth antenna; if the jth antenna is connected to the first main set transmitting circuit and the first main set receiving circuit circuit connection, then control the P port of the second SPDT to conduct with the first T port of the second SPDT, and control the first P port of the DP4T to conduct with the fourth T port of the DP4T connect the second diversity receiving circuit to the jth antenna; or, control the second P port of the DP4T to conduct with the fourth T port of the DP4T to connect the second the main set transmission circuit and the second main set reception circuit are connected to the jth antenna; the second main set transmission circuit is used for transmitting the second main set transmission signal through the jth antenna;
  • the second main set receiving circuit is used for transmitting the second main set transmission signal through the jth antenna;
  • the double-pole four-throw switch can be turned on And the corresponding port in the SPDT switch, through the combiner and the conduction line of the first type of signal, the second type of signal is conducted to the same antenna for transmission.
  • the NR controller can perform SRS rotation on four antennas.
  • K is equal to 4, and the switching device is specifically configured to: when the second type signal needs to be transmitted through the j'th antenna, if the j'th antenna is connected to the The second T port of the DP4T is connected, then the first P port of the DP4T is controlled to conduct with the second T port of the DP4T, and the second diversity receiving circuit is connected to the j'th antenna Or, control the second P port of the DP4T to conduct with the second T port of the DP4T, and connect the second main set transmitting circuit and the second main set receiving circuit to the jth 'Antenna; if the j'th antenna is connected to the third T port of the DP4T, the first P port of the DP4T is controlled to be connected to the third T port of the DP4T, and the The second diversity receiving circuit is connected to the j'th antenna; or, the second P port of the DP4T is controlled to conduct with the third T port of the DP4T,
  • the double-pole four-throw switch can be turned on A port connected to a corresponding double-pole double-throw switch in the middle, the corresponding double-pole double-throw switch is a double-pole double-throw switch connected to the other antenna, so that the second type of signal can be conducted to the other antenna for transmission.
  • LTE selects any antenna for signal transmission, it can be ensured that the NR controller can perform SRS rotation on four antennas.
  • the K antennas are all antennas that support the long-term evolution LTE frequency band and the 5G new air interface NR frequency band.
  • the first main set transmitting circuit is an LTE main set transmitting circuit
  • the first main set receiving circuit is an LTE main set receiving circuit
  • the first diversity receiving circuit is an LTE diversity receiving circuit
  • the second main set receiving circuit is an LTE diversity receiving circuit
  • the main transmission circuit is an NR main transmission circuit
  • the second main reception circuit is an NR main reception circuit
  • the second diversity reception circuit is an NR diversity reception circuit
  • the first main transmission signal is an LTE main transmission circuit.
  • the first main set receive signal is the LTE main set receive signal
  • the first diversity receive signal is the LTE diversity receive signal
  • the second main set transmit signal is the NR main set transmit signal (or detection Reference signal SRS)
  • the second main set received signal is an NR main set received signal
  • the second diversity received signal is an NR diversity received signal.
  • the above-mentioned multiple antennas are all antennas that support the LTE frequency band and the 5G NR frequency band, so that the LTE system and the NR system can share one antenna system, and it is ensured that the LTE signal can be selected among the multiple antennas.
  • the transmission, as well as the SRS guaranteeing NR, can be implemented in rotation among multiple antennas, which greatly reduces the number of antennas, thereby reducing the circuit area and production cost.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, which is applied to a communication device, where the communication device includes an antenna system and a switch device, the antenna system includes K antennas; the switch device includes N+Xth antennas One port, K+N second ports and N combiners; wherein, K second ports in the K+N second ports are respectively connected to the K antennas one by one; the K+ The N second ports of the N second ports are respectively connected to the respective first input terminals of the N combiners; the respective output terminals of the N combiners are respectively connected to the N+X
  • the N first ports in the first ports are connected one by one; N, X, and K are integers greater than or equal to 1; the method includes: turning on the first ports of the N first ports through the switch device.
  • the i first ports and the jth second port among the K second ports transmit the first type signal through the corresponding jth antenna; i is an integer greater than or equal to 1 and less than or equal to N , j is an integer greater than or equal to 1 and less than or equal to K; through the switching device, when the second type signal needs to be transmitted through the jth antenna, the first port of the X first ports is turned on s first ports and the i-th second port of the N second ports, via the i-th combiner connected to the i-th second port, and the i-th combiner the i-th first port connected with the device, conducts the s-th first port to the j-th second port, and transmits the second-type signal through the j-th antenna; s is an integer greater than or equal to 1 and less than or equal to X.
  • the method further includes: by using the switching device, when the second type signal needs to be transmitted through the j'th antenna, turning on the first port of the X first ports.
  • the j'th second port among the s first ports and the K second ports transmits the second type signal through the corresponding j'th antenna; j' is greater than or equal to 1 and less than Or an integer equal to K, j not equal to j'.
  • the switch device includes a first double-pole double-throw switch DPDT, a second DPDT, a third DPDT and a double-pole four-throw switch DP4T;
  • the N first ports include the first Two P ports of a DPDT;
  • the X first ports include two P ports in the DP4T;
  • the K second ports include two T ports in the second DPDT and the third DPDT The two T ports in the DP4T;
  • the N second ports include the two T ports in the DP4T.
  • each of the first DPDT, the second DPDT and the third DPDT includes a first P-port, a second P-port, a first T-port and a second T port;
  • the DP4T includes the first P port, the second P port, the first T port, the second T port, the third T port and the fourth T port;
  • the first T port is connected to the first P port of the second DPDT;
  • the first T port of the second DPDT is connected to the first antenna of the K antennas;
  • the second T port is connected to the first P port of the third DPDT;
  • the first T port of the third DPDT is connected to the second antenna of the K antennas;
  • the second T port of the second DPDT is connected to the second P port of the second DPDT;
  • the second T port of the second DPDT is connected to the third antenna of the K antennas;
  • the third T of the DP4T The port is connected to the second P port of
  • the communication device further includes a radio frequency circuit
  • the radio frequency circuit includes a first type of circuit and a second type of circuit
  • the first type of circuit includes a first main set transmitting circuit, a first main A set receiving circuit and a first diversity receiving circuit
  • the second type of circuit includes a second main set transmitting circuit, a second main set receiving circuit and a second diversity receiving circuit
  • the N combiners include a first combiner and a second combiner; wherein, the first diversity receiving circuit is connected to the second input end of the first combiner; the first main set transmitting circuit and the first main set receiving circuit are connected to the The second input end of the second combiner is connected; the second diversity receiving circuit is connected to the first P port of the DP4T; the second main set transmitting circuit and the second main set receiving circuit are connected with The second P port of the DP4T is connected.
  • the first type of signal includes a first main set transmit signal, a first main set receive signal and a first diversity receive signal
  • the second type of signal includes a second main set transmit signal, The second main set received signal and the second diversity received signal
  • the first input ends of the first combiner and the second combiner are high-frequency ends, the first combiner and the The second input end of the second combiner is a low frequency end.
  • the switch device further includes: a first single-pole double-throw switch SPDT and a second SPDT; both the first SPDT and the second SPDT include a P port and a first T port and the second T port; wherein, the first T port of the DP4T is connected to the first T port of the first SPDT; the P port of the first SPDT is connected to the first T port of the first combiner An input terminal is connected; the output terminal of the first combiner is connected to the first P port of the first DPDT; the fourth T port of the DP4T is connected to the first T port of the second SPDT port connection; the P port of the second SPDT is connected to the first input end of the second combiner; the output end of the second combiner is connected to the second P port of the first DPDT connect.
  • a first single-pole double-throw switch SPDT and a second SPDT both the first SPDT and the second SPDT include a P port and a first T port and the second T port; wherein, the first T port of the
  • the switching device is used to turn on the i-th first port among the N first ports and the j-th second port among the K second ports. , and transmit the first type signal through the corresponding jth antenna, including: controlling the first P port and the second T port in the first DPDT to conduct through the switching device, and the first DPDT
  • the second P port in the second DPDT is connected with the first T port
  • the first P port in the second DPDT is connected with the first T port
  • the second P port in the second DPDT The second T port is turned on
  • the first P port in the third DPDT is turned on with the first T port
  • the second P port in the third DPDT is turned on with the second T port
  • the first main set transmitting circuit and the first main set receiving circuit are respectively connected with the first antenna
  • the first diversity receiving circuit is connected with the second antenna
  • the DP4T The second T port of the DP4T is connected with the third antenna, and the third T port in the DP4
  • the switching device is used to turn on the i-th first port among the N first ports and the j-th second port among the K second ports. , and transmit the first type signal through the corresponding jth antenna, including: controlling the first P port and the second T port in the first DPDT to conduct through the switching device, and the first DPDT
  • the second P port in the second DPDT is connected with the first T port
  • the first P port in the second DPDT is connected with the first T port
  • the second P port in the second DPDT The second T port is turned on
  • the first P port in the third DPDT is turned on with the second T port
  • the second P port in the third DPDT is turned on with the first T port
  • the first main set transmitting circuit and the first main set receiving circuit are respectively connected to the first antenna
  • the first diversity receiving circuit is connected to the fourth antenna
  • the DP4T The second T port of the DP4T is connected with the third antenna, and the third T port in the DP4T
  • the switching device is used to turn on the i-th first port among the N first ports and the j-th second port among the K second ports. , and transmit the first type of signal through the corresponding jth antenna, including: controlling the first P port and the first T port in the first DPDT to conduct through the switching device, and the first DPDT
  • the second P port in the second DPDT is connected with the second T port
  • the first P port in the second DPDT is connected with the first T port
  • the second P port in the second DPDT The second T port is turned on
  • the first P port in the third DPDT is turned on with the first T port
  • the second P port in the third DPDT is turned on with the second T port
  • the first main set transmitting circuit and the first main set receiving circuit are respectively connected to the second antenna
  • the first diversity receiving circuit is connected to the first antenna
  • the DP4T The second T port of the DP4T is connected with the third antenna, and the third T port in the DP4
  • the switching device is used to turn on the i-th first port among the N first ports and the j-th second port among the K second ports. , and transmit the first type of signal through the corresponding jth antenna, including: controlling the first P port and the first T port in the first DPDT to conduct through the switching device, and the first DPDT
  • the second P port in the second DPDT is connected with the second T port
  • the first P port in the second DPDT is connected with the second T port
  • the second P port in the second DPDT The first T port is conductive
  • the first P port in the third DPDT is conductive with the first T port
  • the second P port in the third DPDT is conductive with the second T port
  • the first main set transmitting circuit and the first main set receiving circuit are respectively connected to the second antenna
  • the first diversity receiving circuit is connected to the third antenna
  • the DP4T The second T port of the DP4T is connected with the first antenna, and the third T port in the DP4
  • the switching device is used to turn on the i-th first port among the N first ports and the j-th second port among the K second ports. , and transmit the first type signal through the corresponding jth antenna, including: controlling the first P port and the second T port in the first DPDT to conduct through the switching device, and the first DPDT
  • the second P port in the second DPDT is connected with the first T port
  • the first P port in the second DPDT is connected with the second T port
  • the second P port in the second DPDT The first T port is conductive
  • the first P port in the third DPDT is conductive with the first T port
  • the second P port in the third DPDT is conductive with the second T port
  • the first main set transmitting circuit and the first main set receiving circuit are respectively connected to the third antenna
  • the first diversity receiving circuit is connected to the second antenna
  • the DP4T The second T port of the DP4T is connected with the first antenna, and the third T port in the DP4T
  • the switching device is used to turn on the i-th first port among the N first ports and the j-th second port among the K second ports. , and transmit the first type signal through the corresponding jth antenna, including: controlling the first P port and the second T port in the first DPDT to conduct through the switching device, and the first DPDT
  • the second P port in the second DPDT is connected with the first T port
  • the first P port in the second DPDT is connected with the second T port
  • the second P port in the second DPDT The first T port is turned on
  • the first P port in the third DPDT is turned on with the second T port
  • the second P port in the third DPDT is turned on with the first T port
  • the first main set transmitting circuit and the first main set receiving circuit are respectively connected to the third antenna
  • the first diversity receiving circuit is connected to the fourth antenna
  • the DP4T The second T port of the DP4T is connected with the first antenna, and the third T port in the DP4T
  • the switching device is used to turn on the i-th first port among the N first ports and the j-th second port among the K second ports. , and transmit the first type of signal through the corresponding jth antenna, including: controlling the first P port and the first T port in the first DPDT to conduct through the switching device, and the first DPDT
  • the second P port in the second DPDT is connected with the second T port
  • the first P port in the second DPDT is connected with the first T port
  • the second P port in the second DPDT The second T port is turned on
  • the first P port in the third DPDT is turned on with the second T port
  • the second P port in the third DPDT is turned on with the first T port
  • the first main set transmitting circuit and the first main set receiving circuit are respectively connected to the fourth antenna
  • the first diversity receiving circuit is connected to the first antenna
  • the DP4T The second T port of the DP4T is connected with the third antenna, and the third T port in the DP4
  • the switching device is used to turn on the i-th first port among the N first ports and the j-th second port among the K second ports. , and transmit the first type of signal through the corresponding jth antenna, including: controlling the first P port and the first T port in the first DPDT to conduct through the switching device, and the first DPDT
  • the second P port in the second DPDT is connected with the second T port
  • the first P port in the second DPDT is connected with the second T port
  • the second P port in the second DPDT The first T port is turned on
  • the first P port in the third DPDT is turned on with the second T port
  • the second P port in the third DPDT is turned on with the first T port
  • the first main set transmitting circuit and the first main set receiving circuit are respectively connected to the fourth antenna
  • the first diversity receiving circuit is connected to the third antenna
  • the DP4T The second T port of the DP4T is connected with the first antenna, and the third T port in the DP4
  • K is equal to 4; the switching device, when the second type signal needs to be transmitted through the jth antenna, the X first ports are turned on The s th first port in and the ith second port of the N second ports, via the ith combiner connected with the ith second port, and the ith second port connected with the ith second port the i-th first port connected to the combiner, conducts the s-th first port to the j-th second port, and transmits the second type through the j-th antenna
  • the signal includes: through the switching device, when the second type signal needs to be transmitted through the jth antenna, if the jth antenna is connected to the first diversity receiving circuit, controlling the jth antenna
  • the P port of a SPDT is connected to the first T port of the first SPDT, and the first P port of the DP4T is controlled to be connected to the first T port of the DP4T, and the second diversity
  • the receiving circuit is connected to the jth antenna; or, the second P
  • the second main set receiving circuit is connected to the jth antenna; if the jth antenna is connected to the first main set transmitting circuit and the first main set receiving circuit, the P of the second SPDT is controlled
  • the port is connected to the first T port of the second SPDT, and the first P port of the DP4T is controlled to be connected to the fourth T port of the DP4T, and the second diversity receiving circuit is connected to the jth antenna; or, and control the second P port of the DP4T to conduct with the fourth T port of the DP4T, and receive the second main set transmitting circuit and the second main set
  • the circuit is connected to the jth antenna; through the second master set transmission circuit, the second master set transmission signal is transmitted through the jth antenna; through the second master set receiving circuit, through the The jth antenna receives the second main set received signal; the second diversity receive signal is received through the jth antenna through the second diversity receiving circuit.
  • K is equal to 4; when the second type signal needs to be transmitted through the j'th antenna through the switching device, the X first antennas are turned on The sth first port in the ports and the j'th second port in the K second ports, and transmitting the second type signal through the corresponding j'th antenna, including: passing the switch The device, when the second type of signal needs to be transmitted through the j'th antenna, if the j'th antenna is connected to the second T port of the DP4T, control the first P port of the DP4T Conducting with the second T port of the DP4T, and connecting the second diversity receiving circuit to the j'th antenna; or, controlling the second P port of the DP4T and the second P port of the DP4T
  • the T ports are turned on, and the second main set transmitting circuit and the second main set receiving circuit are connected to the j'th antenna; if the j'th antenna is connected to the third antenna of the DP4T If
  • the K antennas are all antennas that support the long-term evolution LTE frequency band and the 5G new air interface NR frequency band.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a switch device, which is applied to a communication device.
  • the switch device includes a first combiner, a second combiner, a first SPDT, a second SPDT, a first DPDT, a first Two DPDTs, a third DPDT and an UPVT;
  • the first combiner and the second combiner each include a first input terminal, a second input terminal and an output terminal;
  • the first SPDT and the second SPDT All include P ports and 2 T ports;
  • the UPVT includes U P ports and V T port, U and V are integers greater than or equal to 1; wherein, the P port of the first SPDT is connected to the first input end of the first combiner, and the output end of the first combiner is connected to The first P port of the first DPDT is connected;
  • the P port of the second SPDT is connected to the first input end of the second combine
  • the communication device includes an antenna system, and the antenna system includes 4 antennas; wherein, the first T port of the second DPDT is connected to the first antenna; the third The first T port of the DPDT is connected to the second antenna; the second T port of the second DPDT is connected to the third antenna; the second T port of the third DPDT is connected to the fourth antenna.
  • the UPVT is DP4T
  • the DP4T includes 2 P ports and 4 T ports.
  • the UPVT is 4P4T, and the 4P4T includes 4 P ports and 4 T ports; the switch device further includes DP4T, and the DP4T includes 2 P ports and 4 T ports ; wherein, the first P port of the DP4T is connected to the second T port of the first SPDT, and the second P port of the DP4T is connected to the second T port of the second SPDT.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a radio frequency system, which is applied to a communication device.
  • the radio frequency system may include a radio frequency circuit, an antenna system, and the switch device according to any one of the above-mentioned first aspects, so as to realize the above-mentioned first
  • the functions involved in the communication method flow described in any one of the two aspects.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, where the communication device may include a radio frequency circuit, an antenna system, and the switch device described in any one of the first aspect above, for implementing any one of the second aspect above
  • the functions involved in the communication method flow described in the item.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, the communication device includes a processor, and the processor is configured to support the communication device to implement corresponding functions in the communication method provided in the second aspect.
  • the communication device may also include a memory for coupling with the processor that holds program instructions and data necessary for the communication device.
  • the terminal device may also include a communication interface for the communication device to communicate with other devices or a communication network.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium, where the computer-readable storage medium stores a computer program, and when the computer program is executed by a processor, implements any one of the above-mentioned second aspects. Communication method flow.
  • the processor may be one or more processors.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a computer program, where the computer program includes instructions, when the computer program is executed by a computer, the computer can execute the communication method flow described in any one of the second aspect above.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a chip system, and the chip system may include the switch device described in any one of the foregoing first aspect, for implementing the communication method described in any one of the foregoing second aspect The functions involved in the process.
  • the chip system further includes a memory for storing necessary program instructions and data for the adjustment method.
  • the chip system may be composed of chips, or may include chips and other discrete devices.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a multi-antenna switching circuit of LTE.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a multi-antenna switching circuit of an NR.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of a typical allocation of terminal antennas.
  • FIG. 4a is a schematic circuit diagram of a shared antenna for LTE and NR.
  • FIG. 4b is a schematic diagram of an equivalent circuit of a shared antenna for LTE and NR according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 5a is a schematic circuit diagram of another antenna shared by LTE and NR.
  • Fig. 5b is a schematic diagram of circuit connection in a switching state.
  • FIG. 5c is a schematic diagram of circuit connection in another switching state.
  • FIG. 6 is a functional block diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 7 is a software structural block diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic structural diagram of a switch device 001 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic structural diagram of another switching device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • 10a-10h are schematic diagrams of a group of antenna selection circuits provided by embodiments of the present application.
  • 11a-11d are schematic circuit diagrams of a group of SRS rotation provided by the embodiments of the present application.
  • FIG. 12a is a schematic diagram of an application scenario provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 12b is a schematic diagram of another application scenario provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic diagram of an equivalent circuit provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • 14a-14d are schematic diagrams of antenna selection of a group of equivalent circuits provided by the embodiments of the present application.
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic structural diagram of another switch device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 16 is a schematic structural diagram of another switch device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 17 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • a component may be, but is not limited to, a process running on a processor, a processor, an object, an executable, a thread of execution, a program, and/or a computer.
  • an application running on a computing device and the computing device may be components.
  • One or more components may reside within a process and/or thread of execution, and a component may be localized on one computer and/or distributed between 2 or more computers.
  • these components can execute from various computer readable media having various data structures stored thereon.
  • a component may, for example, be based on a signal having one or more data packets (eg, data from two components interacting with another component between a local system, a distributed system, and/or a network, such as the Internet interacting with other systems via signals) Communicate through local and/or remote processes.
  • data packets eg, data from two components interacting with another component between a local system, a distributed system, and/or a network, such as the Internet interacting with other systems via signals
  • Multi antenna selection multi antenna selection, MAS
  • MAS Multi antenna selection
  • the ANT0 antenna with better signal can be selected through DPDT, SPDT1 and SPDT2 to transmit the LTE main set Transmit (transmit, TX) signal, so as to ensure that the mobile phone can transmit data on the antenna with the best signal quality at any time, and improve the customer's use experience.
  • the fifth-generation mobile communication technology supports beamforming (beaforming) technology, and can transmit directionally to the terminal. If the base station wants to transmit directionally, it must first detect the location of the terminal and the quality of the transmission path, so that the resources of the base station can be allocated to each terminal more accurately. Sending the SRS signal by the terminal is one of the ways for the base station to detect the location and channel quality of the terminal.
  • the functions of SRS can simply include the following points:
  • a It is used to estimate the quality of the uplink channel, so as to be used for uplink scheduling, uplink synchronization (timing advance, TA), and uplink wave speed management.
  • uplink synchronization timing advance, TA
  • uplink wave speed management uplink wave speed management
  • the channel symmetry is used to estimate the downlink channel quality, as in the downlink multiple input multiple output antenna system (multi input multi output, MIMO) Weight calculation, etc.
  • MIMO technology refers to using multiple transmitting and receiving antennas at the transmitting end and the receiving end, respectively, so that signals are transmitted and received through the multiple antennas at the transmitting end and the receiving end, thereby improving communication quality, etc., which will not be described in detail here.
  • SRS rotation means that the terminal sends SRS signals on different physical antennas in turn.
  • the SRS capabilities defined by the current protocol are mainly 1T2R, 1T4R and 2T4R.
  • the hardware requirement of SRS rotation is mainly that the transmitted signal can be switched on different antennas. It should be noted that the more antennas that can participate in sending SRS signals, the more accurate the channel estimation and the higher the rate that can be obtained; if only the fixed antenna is sent, other antenna information will be lost, the antenna is not fully utilized, and it is difficult to obtain highest rate.
  • 5G terminals are generally equipped with multiple transceiver antennas.
  • mainstream 5G mobile phones and customer premise equipment (CPE) all use 2 transmit antennas and 4 receive antennas (ie 2T4R).
  • CPE customer premise equipment
  • the multiple antennas of the 5G terminal are used to report channel information in turn (that is, SRS rotation)
  • the information obtained by the base station can be more comprehensive and more accurate data transmission can be performed.
  • the main mode of SRS rotation can be as follows:
  • the terminal transmits SRS signals on two antennas in turn, and selects one antenna to transmit at a time
  • the terminal transmits SRS signals on four antennas in turn, and selects one antenna for transmission at a time.
  • the terminal transmits SRS signals on 4 antennas in turn, and selects 2 antennas for transmission at a time.
  • terminals in non-standalone (NSA) mode often use 1T4R
  • terminals in standalone (SA) mode often use 2T4R, and so on, which will not be described in detail here.
  • the NR multi-antenna switching circuit can realize the SRS round transmission specification of 1T4R, which can be achieved through multiple double pole four throw switches (DP4T) as shown in Figure 2, such as DP4T1 and
  • DP4T2 realizes the rotation of NR TX on the 4 antennas ANT4, ANT5, ANT6 and ANT7, that is, the rotation of SRS signals on the 4 antennas.
  • FIG. 1 and FIG. 2 are only exemplary to illustrate a possible LTE multi-antenna switching circuit and NR multi-antenna switching circuit, and in some possible implementations, may include more More or less, or even different components, etc., which are not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of typical allocation of terminal antennas.
  • the current mobile phone terminal communication specifications are getting higher and higher, especially in the 5G era with the increase in frequency bands and new application scenarios such as wireless-fidelity (WIFI) and 5G, the corresponding antenna types and numbers There are also more and more (eg GPS antenna, WIFI antenna, sub6G-1 antenna, sub6G-2 antenna and sub6G-3 antenna in Figure 3, etc.).
  • the stacking design and production cost of the layout of the mobile phone terminal are challenged. If the antenna is increased without restraint, the circuit layout area and production cost will be greatly increased. At this time, the proposal of the antenna multiplexing technology (or called the antenna sharing technology) can effectively solve the problem of the large number of physical antennas at present.
  • the technical problems to be solved by the present application are further analyzed and proposed.
  • the shared antenna technology of LTE and NR includes a variety of technical solutions, and the following two commonly used solutions are exemplified below.
  • FIG. 4a is a schematic circuit diagram of a shared antenna for LTE and NR.
  • the traditional LTE and NR antenna sharing scheme uses a diplexer, or is called a combiner, to combine the LTE and NR antennas.
  • Each antenna in ANT1, ANT2, ANT3 and ANT4 is connected with a combiner, which makes LTE and NR independent of each other, and can transmit signals through any one of the four antennas.
  • the combiner can combine signals of different frequencies of NR and LTE, so that two signals of different frequencies can use the same antenna to transmit or receive at the same time.
  • LTE generally follows the low frequency channel of the combiner
  • NR generally follows the high frequency channel of the combiner.
  • FIG. 4b is a schematic diagram of an equivalent circuit of a shared antenna for LTE and NR provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the switches such as DP4T1, DP4T2, SPDT1, SPDT2, and DPDT in Fig. 4a can be used as a 6P8T switch.
  • both LTETX and LTE primary receive (PRX) can select the antenna ANT1, ANT2, ANT3 or ANT4 transmit signals;
  • LTE diversity reception (DRX) can select the antenna ANT1, ANT2, ANT3 or the conduction between port B and port 2, port 4, port 6 or port 8 in 6P8T ANT4 transmits signals;
  • both NRTX and NRPRX can select the antenna ANT1, ANT2, ANT3 or ANT4 to transmit signals through the conduction between port C and port 1, port 3, port 5 or port 7 in 6P8T;
  • NDRRX can transmit signals through 6P8T
  • the conduction between port D and port 1, port 3, port 5 or port 7 selects antenna ANT1, ANT2, ANT3 or ANT4 to transmit signals;
  • NR MIMOPRX can pass port E in 6P8T and port 1, port 3, port 5 or the conduction between port 7 to select the antenna ANT1, ANT2, ANT3 or ANT4 to transmit signals;
  • NR MIMODRX can be
  • FIG. 5a is a schematic circuit diagram of another antenna shared by LTE and NR.
  • antenna multiplexing can also be achieved by connecting LTE and NR through a 4P4T switch circuit and four antennas.
  • FIG. 5b is a schematic diagram of circuit connection in a switch state. As shown in Figure 5b, by default, the switch state of 4P4T is 1-A/2-B/3-C/4-D on.
  • LTE TX/PRX and NR MIMO PRX pass through combiner 1 and work on ANT0; LTE DRX and NR MIMO DRX pass through combiner 2 and work on ANT1; NR TX/PRX works on ANT2; NR DRX works on ANT3 .
  • the second solution also realizes that LTE and NR share four antennas, and compared with the first solution, it also reduces the number of combiners and switches.
  • the SRS rotation and LTE antenna switching in the second solution will interrupt each other, resulting in performance loss.
  • FIG. 5c is a schematic diagram of circuit connection in another switching state. Please refer to Figure 5b and Figure 5c together.
  • NR is used as SRS antenna and sent to ANT0, it is necessary to switch 3-C conduction in default state to 3-A conduction, so that NR TX can transmit SRS through ANT0 Signal.
  • the LTE TX is turned on from 1-A in the default state, passively switched to 1-C, and passively transmits signals through ANT2.
  • LTE not only needs to perform TX-blanking (interruption) during the handover process, resulting in performance loss, and if the quality of the antenna signal of ANT2 is poor at this time, it will further affect the user experience.
  • the above-mentioned solution 1 in the prior art can better realize the shared antenna of LTE and NR, and is independent of each other and does not affect each other, it ensures the normal operation of antenna switching of LTE and SRS rotation of NR, but the circuit is complicated. , which brings the problems of increased circuit area and increased production cost; although the above-mentioned scheme 2 can realize the shared antenna between LTE and NR by simply two combiners and a 4P4T switch, the circuit is simple, there is interference between LTE and NR, and SRS Round-robin and LTE antenna switching can interrupt each other, causing performance loss. In this way, the existing technology does not really solve the problems of work performance and production cost faced by the shared antenna of LTE and NR.
  • the technical problems to be solved by the present invention include the following aspects: based on existing communication equipment, through more reasonable switch selection and circuit layout, On the basis of sharing antennas, LTE and NR ensure that both parties can perform normal antenna switching and SRS rotation, and further reduce circuit area and production costs.
  • FIG. 6 is a functional block diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the embodiment of the present application will be specifically described below by taking the communication device 100 as an example. It should be understood that the structures illustrated in the embodiments of the present application do not constitute a specific limitation on the communication device 100.
  • the communication device 100 may have more or fewer components than shown in the figures, or some components may be combined, or some components may be split, or a different arrangement of components.
  • the various components shown in the figures may be implemented in hardware, software, or a combination of hardware and software, including one or more signal processing and/or application specific integrated circuits.
  • the communication device 100 may include: a processor 110, an external memory interface 120, an internal memory 121, a universal serial bus (USB) interface 130, a charging management module 140, a power management module 141, a battery 142, and a mobile communication module 150 , antenna system 151, wireless communication module 160, audio module 170, speaker 170A, receiver 170B, microphone 170C, headphone jack 170D, sensor module 180, buttons 190, motor 191, indicator 192, camera 193, display screen 194, and user Identity module (subscriber identification module, SIM) card interface 195 and so on.
  • SIM subscriber identification module
  • the sensor module 180 may include a pressure sensor 180A, a gyroscope sensor 180B, an air pressure sensor 180C, a magnetic sensor 180D, an acceleration sensor 180E, a distance sensor 180F, a proximity light sensor 180G, a fingerprint sensor 180H, a temperature sensor 180J, a touch sensor 180K, and ambient light. Sensor 180L, bone conduction sensor 180M, etc.
  • the processor 110 may include one or more processing units, for example, the processor 110 may include an application processor (application processor, AP), a modem processor, a graphics processor (graphics processing unit, GPU), an image signal processor (image signal processor, ISP), controller, memory, video codec, digital signal processor (digital signal processor, DSP), baseband processor, and/or neural-network processing unit (NPU) Wait. Wherein, different processing units may be independent devices, or may be integrated in one or more processors.
  • application processor application processor, AP
  • modem processor graphics processor
  • graphics processor graphics processor
  • ISP image signal processor
  • controller memory
  • video codec digital signal processor
  • DSP digital signal processor
  • NPU neural-network processing unit
  • the controller may be the nerve center and command center of the communication device 100 .
  • the controller can generate an operation control signal according to the instruction operation code and timing signal, and complete the control of fetching and executing instructions.
  • a memory may also be provided in the processor 110 for storing instructions and data.
  • the memory in processor 110 is cache memory. This memory may hold instructions or data that have just been used or recycled by the processor 110 . If the processor 110 needs to use the instruction or data again, it can be called directly from the memory. Repeated accesses are avoided and the latency of the processor 110 is reduced, thereby increasing the efficiency of the system.
  • the processor 110 may include one or more interfaces.
  • the interface may include an integrated circuit (inter-integrated circuit, I2C) interface, an integrated circuit built-in audio (inter-integrated circuit sound, I2S) interface, a pulse code modulation (pulse code modulation, PCM) interface, a universal asynchronous transceiver (universal asynchronous transmitter) receiver/transmitter, UART) interface, mobile industry processor interface (MIPI), general-purpose input/output (GPIO) interface, subscriber identity module (SIM) interface, and / or universal serial bus (universal serial bus, USB) interface, etc.
  • I2C integrated circuit
  • I2S integrated circuit built-in audio
  • PCM pulse code modulation
  • PCM pulse code modulation
  • UART universal asynchronous transceiver
  • MIPI mobile industry processor interface
  • GPIO general-purpose input/output
  • SIM subscriber identity module
  • USB universal serial bus
  • the interface connection relationship between the modules illustrated in the embodiment of the present invention is only a schematic illustration, and does not constitute a structural limitation of the communication device 100 .
  • the communication device 100 may also adopt different interface connection manners in the foregoing embodiments, or a combination of multiple interface connection manners.
  • the charging management module 140 is used to receive charging input from the charger.
  • the charger may be a wireless charger or a wired charger.
  • the power management module 141 is used for connecting the battery 142 , the charging management module 140 and the processor 110 .
  • the power management module 141 receives input from the battery 142 and/or the charging management module 140 and supplies power to the processor 110 , the internal memory 121 , the external memory, the display screen 194 , the camera 193 , and the wireless communication module 160 .
  • the wireless communication function of the communication device 100 may be implemented by the antenna system 151, the mobile communication module 150, the wireless communication module 160, the modulation and demodulation processor, the baseband processor, and the like.
  • the mobile communication module 150 may include a radio frequency circuit, and may specifically include an LTE main set transmitting circuit, an LTE main set receiving circuit, an LTE diversity receiving circuit, an NR main set transmitting circuit, an NR main set receiving circuit, and an NR diversity receiving circuit, etc. , and may also include switching means. Therein, the switching device may comprise a plurality of ports.
  • the antenna system 151 may include multiple antennas, and in some possible implementations, may specifically include four antennas supporting the 4G LTE frequency band and the 5G NR frequency band.
  • the radio frequency circuit and the antenna system 151 can be connected to a switch device, so that the LTE system and the NR system can share the four antennas.
  • the LTE controller can select the antenna with better signal among these 4 antennas to send and receive signals, and can transmit and receive signals through the middle of the switch device by turning on and off each port in the switch device. The turn-on and turn-off between each port realizes that the SRS signal of NR is transmitted in turn on these four antennas (that is, 1T4R or 2T4R is realized).
  • the communication device 100 implements a display function through a GPU, a display screen 194, an application processor, and the like.
  • the GPU is a microprocessor for image processing, and is connected to the display screen 194 and the application processor.
  • the GPU is used to perform mathematical and geometric calculations for graphics rendering.
  • Processor 110 may include one or more GPUs that execute program instructions to generate or alter display information.
  • Display screen 194 is used to display images, videos, and the like.
  • Display screen 194 includes a display panel.
  • the display panel can be a liquid crystal display (LCD), an organic light-emitting diode (OLED), an active-matrix organic light-emitting diode or an active-matrix organic light-emitting diode (active-matrix organic light).
  • LED diode AMOLED
  • flexible light-emitting diode flexible light-emitting diode (flex light-emitting diode, FLED), Miniled, MicroLed, Micro-oLed, quantum dot light-emitting diode (quantum dot light emitting diodes, QLED) and so on.
  • the communication device 100 may include 1 or N display screens 194 , where N is a positive integer greater than one.
  • the communication device 100 can realize the shooting function through the ISP, the camera 193, the video codec, the GPU, the display screen 194 and the application processor.
  • the communication device 100 may include one or more cameras 193 .
  • the ISP is used to process the data fed back by the camera 193 .
  • the shutter is opened, the light is transmitted to the camera photosensitive element through the lens, the light signal is converted into an electrical signal, and the camera photosensitive element transmits the electrical signal to the ISP for processing, and converts it into an image visible to the naked eye.
  • ISP can also perform algorithm optimization on image noise, brightness and contrast. ISP can also optimize the exposure, color temperature and other parameters of the shooting scene.
  • the ISP may be provided in the camera 193 .
  • Camera 193 is used to capture still images or video.
  • the object is projected through the lens to generate an optical image onto the photosensitive element.
  • the photosensitive element may be a charge coupled device (CCD) or a complementary metal-oxide-semiconductor (CMOS) phototransistor.
  • CMOS complementary metal-oxide-semiconductor
  • the photosensitive element converts the optical signal into an electrical signal, and then transmits the electrical signal to the ISP to convert it into a digital image signal.
  • the ISP outputs the digital image signal to the DSP for processing.
  • DSP converts digital image signals into standard RGB, YUV and other formats of image signals.
  • the camera 193 may be located on the front of the communication device, such as above the touch screen, or may be located at other positions, such as the back of the communication device.
  • the camera 193 may also include a camera for collecting images required for face recognition, such as an infrared camera or other cameras.
  • the camera that collects images required for face recognition is generally located on the front of the communication device, for example, above the touch screen, and may also be located at other locations, such as the back of the communication device, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present invention.
  • the communication device 100 may include other cameras.
  • the communication device may also include a dot matrix emitter (not shown) for emitting light.
  • a digital signal processor is used to process digital signals, in addition to processing digital image signals, it can also process other digital signals. For example, when the communication device 100 selects a frequency point, the digital signal processor is used to perform Fourier transform on the frequency point energy, and the like.
  • Video codecs are used to compress or decompress digital video.
  • Communication device 100 may support one or more video codecs.
  • the communication device 100 can play or record videos of various encoding formats, such as: Moving Picture Experts Group (moving picture experts group, MPEG) 1, MPEG2, MPEG3, MPEG4 and so on.
  • MPEG Moving Picture Experts Group
  • MPEG2 Moving picture experts group
  • MPEG3 Moving Picture Experts Group
  • NPU is a neural-network (NN) computing processor.
  • NN neural-network
  • Applications such as intelligent cognition of the communication device 100 can be implemented through the NPU, for example: image recognition, face recognition, speech recognition, text understanding, and the like.
  • the external memory interface 120 can be used to connect an external memory card, such as a Micro SD card, to expand the storage capacity of the communication device 100.
  • the external memory card communicates with the processor 110 through the external memory interface 120 to realize the data storage function. For example to save files like music, video etc in external memory card.
  • Internal memory 121 may be used to store computer executable program code, which includes instructions.
  • the processor 110 executes various functional applications and data processing of the communication device 100 by executing instructions stored in the internal memory 121 .
  • the internal memory 121 may include a storage program area and a storage data area.
  • the storage program area can store an operating system, an application required for at least one function (such as a communication function, a face recognition function, a video recording function, a video playback function, a photographing function, an image processing function, etc.).
  • the storage data area may store data and the like created during the use of the communication device 100 .
  • the internal memory 121 may include high-speed random access memory, and may also include non-volatile memory, such as at least one magnetic disk storage device, flash memory device, universal flash storage (UFS), and the like.
  • the communication device 100 may implement audio functions through an audio module 170, a speaker 170A, a receiver 170B, a microphone 170C, an earphone interface 170D, an application processor, and the like. Such as music playback, recording, etc.
  • the audio module 170 is used for converting digital audio information into analog audio signal output, and also for converting analog audio input into digital audio signal.
  • Speaker 170A also referred to as a “speaker” is used to convert audio electrical signals into sound signals.
  • the receiver 170B also referred to as “earpiece”, is used to convert audio electrical signals into sound signals.
  • the microphone 170C also called “microphone” or “microphone”, is used to convert sound signals into electrical signals.
  • the earphone jack 170D is used to connect wired earphones.
  • the earphone interface 170D can be a USB interface 130, or can be a 3.5mm open mobile terminal platform (OMTP) standard interface, a cellular telecommunications industry association of the USA (CTIA) standard interface.
  • OMTP open mobile terminal platform
  • CTIA cellular telecommunications industry association of the USA
  • the pressure sensor 180A is used to sense pressure signals, and can convert the pressure signals into electrical signals.
  • the pressure sensor 180A may be provided on the display screen 194 .
  • the gyro sensor 180B may be used to determine the motion attitude of the communication device 100 .
  • the angular velocity of the communication device 100 about three axes ie, the x, y, and z axes
  • the gyro sensor 180B may be determined by the gyro sensor 180B.
  • Proximity light sensor 180G may include, for example, light emitting diodes (LEDs) and light detectors, such as photodiodes.
  • the light emitting diodes may be infrared light emitting diodes.
  • the ambient light sensor 180L is used to sense ambient light brightness.
  • the communication device 100 can adaptively adjust the brightness of the display screen 194 according to the perceived ambient light brightness.
  • the ambient light sensor 180L can also be used to automatically adjust the white balance when taking pictures.
  • the fingerprint sensor 180H is used to collect fingerprints.
  • the communication device 100 can use the collected fingerprint characteristics to realize fingerprint unlocking, accessing application locks, taking photos with fingerprints, answering incoming calls with fingerprints, and the like.
  • the fingerprint sensor 180H can be arranged below the touch screen, the communication device 100 can receive a user's touch operation on the touch screen corresponding to the fingerprint sensor, and the communication device 100 can collect the fingerprint of the user's finger in response to the touch operation. information to implement related functions.
  • the temperature sensor 180J is used to detect the temperature.
  • the communication device 100 utilizes the temperature detected by the temperature sensor 180J to implement a temperature handling strategy.
  • Touch sensor 180K also called “touch panel”.
  • the touch sensor 180K may be disposed on the display screen 194 , and the touch sensor 180K and the display screen 194 form a touch screen, also called a “touch screen”.
  • the touch sensor 180K is used to detect a touch operation on or near it.
  • the touch sensor can pass the detected touch operation to the application processor to determine the type of touch event.
  • Visual output related to touch operations may be provided through display screen 194 .
  • the touch sensor 180K may also be disposed on the surface of the communication device 100 at a different location than the display screen 194 .
  • the keys 190 include a power-on key, a volume key, and the like. Keys 190 may be mechanical keys. It can also be a touch key.
  • the communication device 100 may receive key inputs and generate key signal inputs related to user settings and function control of the communication device 100 .
  • the indicator 192 can be an indicator light, which can be used to indicate the charging state, the change of the power, and can also be used to indicate a message, a missed call, a notification, and the like.
  • the SIM card interface 195 is used to connect a SIM card.
  • the SIM card can be contacted and separated from the communication device 100 by inserting into the SIM card interface 195 or pulling out from the SIM card interface 195 .
  • the communication device 100 employs an eSIM, ie: an embedded SIM card.
  • the eSIM card can be embedded in the communication device 100 and cannot be separated from the communication device 100 .
  • the communication device 100 may be a smart phone, a smart wearable device, a tablet computer, a laptop computer, etc. with the above functions, which are not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 7 is a software structural block diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the layered architecture divides the software into several layers, and each layer has a clear role and division of labor. Layers communicate with each other through software interfaces.
  • the Android system is divided into four layers, which are, from top to bottom, an application layer, an application framework layer, an Android runtime (Android runtime) and a system library, and a kernel layer.
  • the software structure shown in FIG. 7 is only a schematic illustration, and in some possible embodiments, the communication device 100 may have more or less structures than those shown in the figure, and so on. This is not specifically limited in the application examples.
  • the application layer can include a series of application packages.
  • the application package may include applications (also referred to as applications) such as camera, gallery, calendar, call, map, navigation, WLAN, Bluetooth, music, video, and short message. It can also include the relevant communication applications involved in the present application, through which a communication method in the present application can be used to realize LTE antenna switching and NR SRS rotation based on the shared antenna of LTE and NR, and both not interfere with each other.
  • applications also referred to as applications
  • the LTE antenna switching ensures that data transmission is always carried out through the antenna with better signal to ensure the user experience, and on the other hand, it ensures the reliable progress of SRS rotation, and ensures that the base station can estimate the channel quality of the communication equipment, and so on.
  • the application framework layer provides an application programming interface (application programming interface, API) and a programming framework for applications in the application layer.
  • the application framework layer includes some predefined functions.
  • the application framework layer may include a window manager, a content provider, a view system, a telephony manager, a resource manager, a notification manager, and the like.
  • a window manager is used to manage window programs.
  • the window manager can get the size of the display screen, determine whether there is a status bar, lock the screen, take screenshots, etc.
  • Content providers are used to store and retrieve data and make these data accessible to applications.
  • the data may include video, images, audio, calls made and received, browsing history and bookmarks, phone book, etc.
  • the view system includes visual controls, such as controls for displaying text, controls for displaying pictures, and so on. View systems can be used to build applications.
  • a display interface can consist of one or more views.
  • the display interface including the short message notification icon may include a view for displaying text and a view for displaying pictures.
  • the phone manager is used to provide the communication function of the communication device 100 .
  • the management of call status including connecting, hanging up, etc.).
  • the resource manager provides various resources for the application, such as localization strings, icons, pictures, layout files, video files and so on.
  • the notification manager enables applications to display notification information in the status bar, which can be used to convey notification-type messages, and can disappear automatically after a brief pause without user interaction. For example, the notification manager is used to notify download completion, message reminders, etc.
  • the notification manager can also display notifications in the status bar at the top of the system in the form of graphs or scroll bar text, such as notifications from applications running in the background, and can also display notifications on the screen in the form of a dialog interface. For example, text information is prompted in the status bar, a prompt tone is issued, the communication device vibrates, and the indicator light flashes.
  • Android Runtime includes core libraries and a virtual machine. Android runtime is responsible for scheduling and management of the Android system.
  • the core library consists of two parts: one is the function functions that the java language needs to call, and the other is the core library of Android.
  • the application layer and the application framework layer run in virtual machines.
  • the virtual machine executes the java files of the application layer and the application framework layer as binary files.
  • the virtual machine is used to perform functions such as object lifecycle management, stack management, thread management, safety and exception management, and garbage collection.
  • the system library may include multiple functional modules, such as: surface manager (surface manager), media library (Media Libraries), 3D graphics processing library (eg: OpenGL ES), 2D graphics engine (eg: SGL) and so on.
  • surface manager surface manager
  • media library Media Libraries
  • 3D graphics processing library eg: OpenGL ES
  • 2D graphics engine eg: SGL
  • the Surface Manager is used to manage the display subsystem and provides a fusion of 2D and 3D layers for multiple applications.
  • the media library supports playback and recording of a variety of commonly used audio and video formats, as well as still image files.
  • the media library can support a variety of audio and video encoding formats, such as: MPEG4, H.264, MP3, AAC, AMR, JPG, PNG, etc.
  • the video formats involved in this application can be, for example, RM, RMVB, MOV, MTV, AVI, AMV, DMV, FLV, and so on.
  • the 3D graphics processing library is used to implement 3D graphics drawing, image rendering, compositing, and layer processing.
  • 2D graphics engine is a drawing engine for 2D drawing.
  • the kernel layer is the layer between hardware and software.
  • the kernel layer contains at least display drivers, camera drivers, audio drivers, and sensor drivers.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic structural diagram of a switch device 001 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the switching device 1001 may be applied to a communication device (eg, the communication device 100 shown in FIG. 6 ), and the communication device may include the antenna system 002 shown in FIG. 8 .
  • the antenna system 002 and the switching device 001 may be located in the antenna system 151 in the communication system 100 shown in FIG. 6 above.
  • the antenna system 002 may include K antennas, such as the antennas 002a, 002b, 002c, and 002d shown in FIG.
  • the switch device 001 may include N+X first ports, K+N second ports, and N combiners; wherein N, X, and K are integers greater than or equal to 1.
  • N, X, and K are integers greater than or equal to 1.
  • the K second ports in the K+N second ports are respectively connected with the K antennas one by one; the N second ports in the K+N second ports are respectively connected with the K antennas.
  • the respective first input ends of the N combiners are connected one by one; the respective output ends of the N combiners are respectively connected with the N first ports among the N+X first ports.
  • the switching device 001 can be used to turn on the i-th first port among the N first ports and the j-th second port among the K second ports, so as to pass the
  • the jth antenna connected to the j second ports transmits the first type of signal (eg, transmits signals for the LTE main set, etc.).
  • i is an integer greater than or equal to 1 and less than or equal to N
  • j is an integer greater than or equal to 1 and less than or equal to K.
  • the second type of signal for example, the NR main set transmit signal, or the sounding reference signal SRS, etc.
  • the second type of signal for example, the NR main set transmit signal, or the sounding reference signal SRS, etc.
  • s is an integer greater than or equal to 1 and less than or equal to X.
  • the sth first port of the X first ports of the switching device can be turned on A port and the j'th second port among the K second ports, and transmit the second type signal through the corresponding j'th antenna; j' is greater than or equal to 1 and less than or equal to K Integer, j is not equal to j'.
  • both parties can select any antenna in the shared antenna system for signal transmission, which satisfies the requirements of the first type of signals when the antenna is occupied for transmission.
  • the second type of signal can be transmitted by selecting the same antenna or other antennas through the switching device according to the actual needs, and the transmission of the other party will not be interrupted because one party occupies the antenna, and there is no mutual interference.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic structural diagram of another switch device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device may further include a radio frequency circuit, wherein the radio frequency circuit may include a first type of circuit and a second type of circuit.
  • the first type of circuit may include a first main set transmitting circuit (such as LTE TX1 in FIG. 9 ), a first main set receiving circuit (such as LTE PRX1 in FIG. 9 ), and a first diversity receiving circuit (such as FIG. 9 ) LTE DRX1 in 9), wherein, as shown in FIG. 9, LTE TX1 and LTE PRX1 can be combined by a duplexer (duplexer, not shown in the figure).
  • a duplexer duplexer, not shown in the figure.
  • the second type of circuit may include a second main set transmit circuit (for example, NR TX2 in FIG. 9 ), a second main set receive circuit (for example, NR PRX2 in FIG. 9 ), and a second diversity receive circuit (for example, in FIG. 9 ).
  • NR DRX2 in 9 wherein, as shown in Figure 9, NR TX2 and NR PRX2 can also be combined by a duplexer (not shown in the figure).
  • the radio frequency circuit may further include NR MIMO PRX2 and NR MIMO DRX2.
  • power amplifiers may be included in the above-mentioned LTE TX1 and NR TX2, and low-noise amplifiers may be included in the above-mentioned LTE PRX1, LTE DRX1, NR PRX2, NR DRX2, NR MIMO PRX2, and NR MIMO DRX2, and so on.
  • each of the above circuits may be connected to a radio frequency transceiver (not shown in the figure), which will not be described in detail here.
  • the antenna system in the embodiment of the present application may include 4 antennas (that is, K may be equal to 4), which may specifically include ANT1, ANT2, ANT3 and ANT4 as shown in FIG. 9 .
  • the switch device may specifically include two SPDT switches (SPDT101 and SPDT102), two combiners (combiner 201 and combiner 202), and three double-pole double-throw switches (DPDT301, DPDT302 and DPDT303) and a double pole four throw switch (DP4T401).
  • both SPDT101 and SPDT102 may include one P port (for example, port A in SPDT101 and SPDT102 shown in FIG. 9 ) and two T ports (for example, port 1 and port 2 in SPDT101 and SPDT102 shown in FIG. 9 ) ;
  • DPDT301, DPDT302 and DPDT303 can include 2 P ports (such as the respective ports A and B in DPDT301, DPDT302 and DPDT303 shown in Figure 9) and 2 T ports (such as DPDT301, DPDT302 and DPDT303 shown in Figure 9)
  • DP4T401 can include 2 P ports (such as port A and port B in DP4T401 shown in Figure 9) and 4 T ports (such as port 1, port 2, port 3 and port 4).
  • both the combiner 201 and the combiner 202 may include a high frequency end (that is, the first input end in the embodiment corresponding to FIG. 8 ) and a low frequency end (that is, the first input end in the embodiment corresponding to FIG. 8 ) second input) these two inputs.
  • the above N combiners may include a combiner 201 and a combiner 202; the above N first ports may include port A and port B of the DPDT 301; the above X first ports may Including port A and port B of DP4T401; the above K second ports may include port 1 and port 2 of DPDT302, and port 1 and port 2 of DPDT303; the above N second ports may include port 1 and port 4 of DP4T401.
  • NR MIMO DRX2 is connected to port 2 of SPDT101, port A of SPDT101 is connected to the high frequency end of combiner 201, and LTE DRX1 is connected to the low frequency end of combiner 201 (it can be understood that, The frequency band of LTE is often lower than the frequency band of NR), the output end of the combiner 201 is connected to the port A of the DPDT301, the port 1 of the DPDT301 is connected to the port A of the DPDT302, and the port 1 of the DPDT302 is connected to the antenna ANT1.
  • NR MIMO PRX2 is connected to port 2 of SPDT102, port A of SPDT102 is connected to the high frequency end of combiner 202, LTE TX1/PRX1 is connected to the low frequency end of combiner 202, and the combiner
  • the output end of 202 is connected with port B of DPDT301, port 2 of DPDT301 is connected with port A of DPDT303, and port 1 of DPDT303 is connected with antenna ANT2.
  • NR DRX2 is connected to port A of DP4T401, port 1 of DP4T401 is connected to port 1 of SPDT101, port 2 of DP4T401 is connected to port B of DPDT302, and port 2 of DPDT302 is connected to antenna ANT3.
  • NR TX2/PRX2 is connected to port B of DP4T
  • port 4 of DP4T is connected to port 1 of SPDT102
  • port 3 of DP4T401 is connected to port B of DPDT303
  • port 2 of DPDT303 is connected to antenna ANT4.
  • Port A can only be connected to one of ports 1 and 2, which can be used to conduct port A and port 1 when SRS is in turn (that is, when NR TX2 transmits signals). At this time, port A and port The path between 2 is disconnected, and NR MIMO DRX2 does not work to give the channel to the SRS to transmit to the corresponding antenna.
  • Port A can only be connected to one of the ports 1 and 2. It can be used to connect port A and port 1 during SRS rotation. At this time, the path between port A and port 2 is disconnected, and NR MIMO PRX2 does not work to give the channel to the SRS to transmit to the corresponding antenna.
  • Combiner 201 Combine the signal regions of different frequencies of NR and LTE, so that two signals of different frequencies can be transmitted using the same antenna (that is, NR and LTE use the same antenna to transmit or receive signals simultaneously).
  • the NR MIMO DRX2 is the high frequency channel in the combiner 201
  • the LTE DRX1 is the low frequency channel.
  • Combiner 202 Combine the signal regions of different frequencies of NR and LTE, so that two signals of different frequencies can be transmitted by using the same antenna. Send or receive at the same time.
  • the NR MIMO PRX2 takes the high frequency channel in the combiner 202
  • the LTE TX1/PRX1 takes the low frequency channel.
  • DPDT301 There are two states of through and cross conduction.
  • the straight-through state is A-1 ⁇ B-2 conduction
  • the cross conduction state is A-2/B-1 conduction.
  • the DPDT301 can be controlled by TAS ctrl (for example, a processor or a controller connected to the switch device, or a part thereof, etc.) to implement the TAS switching function, so that the LTE signal is on the upper antenna (ANT1, ANT3) and lower antennas (ANT2, ANT4).
  • TAS ctrl for example, a processor or a controller connected to the switch device, or a part thereof, etc.
  • DPDT302 There are two states of through and cross conduction.
  • the straight-through state is A-1 ⁇ B-2 conduction
  • the cross conduction state is A-2/B-1 conduction.
  • the MAS switching function can be implemented by controlling the DPDT 302 through MAS_ctrl_1, so that the LTE signal can be switched between the left and right antennas (ANT1, ANT3) of the upper antenna.
  • DPDT303 There are two states of through and cross conduction.
  • the straight-through state is A-1 ⁇ B-2 conduction
  • the cross conduction state is A-2/B-1 conduction.
  • MAS_ctrl_2 can be used to control the DPDT303 to implement the MAS switching function, so that the LTE signal can be switched between the left and right antennas (ANT2, ANT3) of the lower antenna.
  • Port A and Port B can be connected to any two different ports between Port 1, Port 2, Port 3 and Port 4.
  • DP4T401 mainly realizes the connection between NR main diversity (ie NR TX2/PRX2, NR DRX2) and antenna, and enables NR TX2 to do SRS rotation on antennas ANT1, ANT3, ANT2 and ANT4 through DP4T401.
  • FIGS. 10a-10h are schematic diagrams of a group of antenna selection circuits provided by embodiments of the present application.
  • the LTE controller controls the DPDT301 pass-through (A-1/B-2 is turned on), the DPDT302 pass-through (A-1/B-2 is turned on), and the DPDT303 pass-through (A-1/B-2 is turned on). 1/B-2 is turned on), and control SPDT101 to be A-2 turned on (that is, port A and port 2 in SPDT101 are turned on), and SPDT102 to be A-2 turned on.
  • the LTE DRX1 is connected to the antenna ANT1 via the low frequency end, the output end of the combiner 201, the port A of the DPDT301, the port 1, the port A of the DPDT302, and the port 1, that is, the LTE diversity works at ANT1.
  • LTE TX1/PRX1 is connected to the antenna ANT2 through the low frequency end, the output end of the combiner 202, the port B of the DPDT301, the port 2, the port A of the DPDT303, the port 1 and the antenna ANT2, that is, the LTE main set Works in ANT2, transmits LTE main set transmit signal and receives LTE main set receive signal through ANT2;
  • NR MIMO DRX2 passes through port 2, port A of SPDT101, high frequency end and output end of combiner 201, port A, port of DPDT301 1.
  • the port A and port 1 of the DPDT302 are connected to the antenna ANT1, that is, the NR MIMO DRX2 works in ANT1; B. Port 2, port A and port 1 of DPDT303 are connected to antenna ANT2, that is, NR MIMO PRX2 works in ANT2.
  • FIG. 11a-FIG. 11d are schematic circuit diagrams of a group of SRS rotation provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • SRS1 As shown in Figure 11a, control DP4T401 to be B-3 turned on (that is, port B and port 3 in DP4T401 are turned on). At this time, NR TX2 passes through DP4T's port B, port 3, DPDT303's port B, Port 2 is connected to the antenna ANT4. As shown in Figure 11a, SRS1 is now transmitting on ANT4.
  • SRS2 As shown in Figure 11b, control DP4T401 to turn on B-2. At this time, NR TX2 is connected to antenna ANT3 via port B, port 2 of DP4T, port B and port 2 of DPDT302. As shown in Figure 11b, SRS2 is transmitting on ANT3 at this time. It should be noted that, please refer to Figure 11a and Figure 11b together, if the initial state or historical state of DP4T401 is A-2 conduction, the original A-2 conduction can be directly covered by B-2 conduction, or as shown in As shown in Figure 11b, it is possible to switch to A-3 on, and so on. It can be understood that since NR adopts the TDD working mode, its transmission and reception are not carried out at the same time. When NR TX2 needs to occupy the channel to perform SRS rotation through the corresponding antenna, NR DRX2 can not work and give up the channel.
  • SRS3 As shown in Figure 11c, control DP4T401 to turn on B-4, and control SPDT102 to turn on A-1. At this time, NR TX2 passes through DP4T port B, port 4, SPDT102 port 1, port A, The high frequency end, the output end of the combiner 202, the port B, the port 2 of the DPDT301, the port A and the port 1 of the DPDT303 are connected to the antenna ANT2. As shown in Figure 11c, SRS3 is transmitting on ANT2 at this time. As mentioned above, since NR adopts the TDD working mode, its transmission and reception are not performed at the same time. When NR TX2 needs to occupy the channel to perform SRS rotation through the corresponding antenna, NR MIMO PRX2 can not work and give up the channel.
  • SRS4 As shown in Figure 11d, control DP4T401 to turn on B-1, and control SPDT101 to turn on A-1 at the same time, at this time, NR TX2 passes through DP4T port B, port 1, SPDT101 port 1, port A, The high frequency end, the output end of the combiner 201, the port A and the port 1 of the DPDT301, the port A and the port 1 of the DPDT302 are connected to the antenna ANT1. As shown in Figure 11d, SRS4 is now transmitting on ANT1. As mentioned above, since NR adopts the TDD working mode, its transmission and reception are not performed at the same time. When NR TX2 needs to occupy the channel to perform SRS rotation through the corresponding antenna, NR MIMO DRX2 can not work and give up the channel.
  • B-3 ⁇ B-2 ⁇ B-4 ⁇ B-1 can be turned on by controlling DP4T401, so as to make NR
  • the controller can perform 1T4R SRS rotation on the antennas ANT4 ⁇ ANT3 ⁇ ANT2 ⁇ ANT1 in turn.
  • developers can also change the order of antennas used in SRS rotation by changing the turn-on sequence of DP4T. For example, if the control DP4T turns on B-1 ⁇ B-2 ⁇ B-3 ⁇ B- 4, then the NR controller can take turns to perform 1T4R SRS rotation on the antennas ANT1 ⁇ ANT3 ⁇ ANT4 ⁇ ANT2, etc. This is not specifically limited in this embodiment of the application, and the same is true for the following Figures 10b-10h, No further description will be given.
  • Figure 12a is a schematic diagram of an application scenario provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the LTE antenna can be switched when the signals of the antennas ANT2 and ANT4 are extremely weak due to the occlusion of the hand.
  • ANT1 with better signal among ANT1 and ANT3 can be selected to transmit the LTE main set signal, so as to ensure the user's use experience.
  • the LTE controller can control the DPDT301 cross-connection (A-2/B-1 is turned on), the DPDT302 is directly connected (A-1/B-2 is turned on), and the DPDT303 is directly connected (A-1/B-2 is turned on). B-2 is turned on), and control SPDT101 to be A-2 turned on, SPDT102 to be A-2 turned on.
  • the LTE TX1/PRX1 is connected to the antenna ANT1 via the low frequency end, the output end of the combiner 202, the port B of the DPDT301, the port 1, the port A of the DPDT302, and the port 1, that is, the LTE main set Works in ANT1, transmits the LTE main set transmit signal and receives the LTE main set receive signal through ANT1;
  • the antenna ANT2 is connected, that is, the LTE diversity works in ANT2, and the LTE diversity reception signal is received through ANT2; 1.
  • Port A and port 1 of the DPDT302 are connected to the antenna ANT1, that is, NR MIMO PRX2 works in ANT1;
  • Port 2, port A and port 1 of DPDT303 are connected to antenna ANT2, that is, NR MIMO DRX2 works in ANT2.
  • the 1T4R SRS of NR can also be realized by controlling the DP4T401.
  • the DP4T401 For specific control, please refer to the corresponding description of the above (1) default state. The following is only a brief summary: You can control the DP4T401 to turn on B-3 ⁇ B-2 ⁇ B-4 ⁇ B-1 in turn, so that the NR controller can 1T4R SRS transmission is performed on the antennas ANT4 ⁇ ANT3 ⁇ ANT1 ⁇ ANT2 in turn, and so on, which will not be repeated here.
  • the DPDT303 can also be switched to the cross conduction state (A-2/B-1 conduction), at this time, LTE TX1/PRX1, NR MIMO PRX2 all work in ANT1, LTE DRX1, Both NR MIMO DRX2 work on ANT4.
  • the 1T4R SRS of NR if the 1T4R SRS of NR is initiated at this time, it can also be realized by controlling the DP4T401.
  • control please refer to the corresponding description of the above (1) default state. The following is only a brief summary: You can control the DP4T401 to turn on B-3 ⁇ B-2 ⁇ B-4 ⁇ B-1 in turn, so that the NR controller can The 1T4R SRS is sent in turn on the antennas ANT2 ⁇ ANT3 ⁇ ANT1 ⁇ ANT4, etc., which will not be repeated here.
  • the DPDT302 can also be switched to the cross conduction state (A-2/B-1 conduction) under the premise of controlling the DPDT301 to pass through and the DPDT303 to pass through.
  • A-2/B-1 conduction A-2/B-1 conduction
  • the 1T4R SRS of NR if the 1T4R SRS of NR is initiated at this time, it can also be realized by controlling the DP4T401.
  • control please refer to the corresponding description of the above (1) default state. The following is only a brief summary: You can control the DP4T401 to turn on B-3 ⁇ B-2 ⁇ B-4 ⁇ B-1 in turn, so that the NR controller can 1T4R SRS transmission is performed on the antennas ANT4 ⁇ ANT1 ⁇ ANT2 ⁇ ANT3 in turn, and so on, which will not be repeated here.
  • FIG. 12b is a schematic diagram of another application scenario provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • the LTE antenna switching can be performed when the signals of the antennas ANT1 and ANT2 are extremely weak due to the shielding of the hand.
  • ANT3 with better signal among ANT3 and ANT4 can be selected to transmit the LTE main set signal, so as to ensure the user's use experience.
  • the LTE controller can control the DPDT301 to be cross-connected (A-2/B-1 is turned on), the DPDT302 to be cross-connected (A-2/B-1 to be turned on), and the DPDT303 to be directly connected (A-2/B-1 is turned on). 1/B-2 is turned on), and control SPDT101 to be A-2 turned on, SPDT102 to be A-2 turned on.
  • both LTE TX1/PRX1 and NR MIMO PRX2 work on ANT3
  • both LTE DRX1 and NR MIMO DRX2 work on ANT2.
  • the 1T4R SRS of NR if the 1T4R SRS of NR is initiated at this time, it can also be realized by controlling the DP4T401.
  • control please refer to the corresponding description of the above (1) default state. The following is only a brief summary: You can control the DP4T401 to turn on B-3 ⁇ B-2 ⁇ B-4 ⁇ B-1 in turn, so that the NR controller can 1T4R SRS transmission is performed on the antennas ANT4 ⁇ ANT1 ⁇ ANT3 ⁇ ANT2 in turn, and so on, which will not be repeated here.
  • the 1T4R SRS of NR if the 1T4R SRS of NR is initiated at this time, it can also be realized by controlling the DP4T401.
  • control please refer to the corresponding description of the above (1) default state. The following is only a brief summary: You can control the DP4T401 to turn on B-3 ⁇ B-2 ⁇ B-4 ⁇ B-1 in turn, so that the NR controller can The 1T4R SRS transmission is performed on the antennas ANT2 ⁇ ANT1 ⁇ ANT3 ⁇ ANT4 in turn, and so on, which will not be repeated here.
  • the LTE controller can switch to ANT4 to transmit the LTE main set Signal.
  • the LTE controller can control the DPDT301 pass-through (A-1/B-2 is turned on), the DPDT302 pass-through (A-1/B-2 is turned on), and the DPDT303 cross-connection (A-2/ B-1 is turned on), and control SPDT101 to be A-2 turned on, SPDT102 to be A-2 turned on.
  • both LTE TX1/PRX1 and NR MIMO PRX2 work on ANT4, and both LTE DRX1 and NR MIMO DRX2 work on ANT1.
  • the 1T4R SRS of NR if the 1T4R SRS of NR is initiated at this time, it can also be realized by controlling the DP4T401.
  • control please refer to the corresponding description of the above (1) default state. The following is only a brief summary: You can control the DP4T401 to turn on B-3 ⁇ B-2 ⁇ B-4 ⁇ B-1 in turn, so that the NR controller can The 1T4R SRS transmission is performed on the antennas ANT2 ⁇ ANT3 ⁇ ANT4 ⁇ ANT1 in turn, and so on, which will not be repeated here.
  • the 1T4R SRS of NR if the 1T4R SRS of NR is initiated at this time, it can also be realized by controlling the DP4T401.
  • control please refer to the corresponding description of the above (1) default state. The following is only a brief summary: You can control the DP4T401 to turn on B-3 ⁇ B-2 ⁇ B-4 ⁇ B-1 in turn, so that the NR controller can 1T4R SRS transmission is performed on the antennas ANT2 ⁇ ANT1 ⁇ ANT4 ⁇ ANT3 in turn, and so on, which will not be repeated here.
  • the embodiment of the present application can realize that when LTE performs arbitrary antenna switching, that is, when LTE selects any antenna for signal transmission through each switch, the SRS rotation of NR will not occur.
  • the main diversity reception of LTE is interrupted, and LTE does not need to do TX-blanking, and the two systems of LTE and NR can coexist without conflict.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic diagram of an equivalent circuit provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the equivalent circuit of the switching device may include SPDT101, SPDT102, combiner 201, combiner 202 and a four-pole six-throw switch (4P6T501).
  • FIG. 4b and FIG. 13 together.
  • the embodiment of the present application simplifies the circuit, reduces the number of combiners, and reduces the manufacturing cost.
  • FIG. 8 together.
  • the N first ports can be the ports A and B in the 4P6T
  • the X first ports can be the port C in the 4P6T.
  • the K second ports may be port 1, port 2, port 3 and port 4 in 4P6T, and the N second ports may be port 5 and port 6 in 4P6T.
  • the equivalent circuit is equivalent to DPDT301, DPDT302, DPDT303 and DP4T401 as 4P6T501. It can be understood that the functions implemented by the equivalent circuit are consistent with the descriptions of the corresponding embodiments in FIG. 8 and FIG. 9 above.
  • FIG. 14a-FIG. 14d are schematic diagrams of antenna selection of a group of equivalent circuits provided by the embodiments of the present application.
  • the 4P6T can be controlled to turn on C-3 ⁇ C-5 ⁇ C-6 ⁇ C-4 in turn to achieve NR
  • the SRS is sent in turn on the antennas ANT3 ⁇ ANT1 ⁇ ANT2 ⁇ ANT4, etc., which will not be repeated here.
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic structural diagram of another switch device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the expansion circuit supports the second NR frequency band, that is, NR2 TX3/PRX3, NR2 DRX3, NR2 MIMO PRX3 and NR2 MIMO DRX3 as shown in Figure 15 are added.
  • the switching device includes SPDT101 , SPDT102 , combiner 201 , combiner 202 , DPDT301 , DPDT302 , DPDT303 , DP4T402 and 4P4T601 .
  • port A of DP4T402 is connected to port 2 of SPDT101
  • port B of DP4T402 is connected to port 2 of SPDT102
  • port 1 of DP4T402 is connected to NR2 MIMO DRX3
  • port 2 is connected to NR2 MIMO PRX3
  • port 3 is connected to NR1 MIMO DRX2.
  • Port 4 is connected with NR1 MIMO PRX2.
  • port A of 4P4T601 is connected with NR2 DRX3
  • port B is connected with NR2 TX3/PRX3
  • port C is connected with NR1 DRX2
  • port D is connected with NR1 TX2/PRX2
  • the setting of DP4T402 enables the circuit to support the main diversity transceiver of the second channel NR
  • the newly added 4P4T601 enables the circuit to support the main diversity reception of the second channel NR MIMO.
  • the frequency bands covered by NR1 and NR2 are different, and the two do not work at the same time.
  • NR1 and NR2 can respectively implement the same functions as the corresponding embodiment in Figure 9, that is, when LTE arbitrarily performs antenna switching, NR1 or NR2 can perform SRS rounds. and does not interfere with LTE antenna switching.
  • NR1 when NR1 is working, you can control the port D in 4P4T601 to turn on port 1, port 2, port 3 and port 4 in turn in a certain order, so as to realize the SRS rotation of NR1.
  • Embodiments corresponding to 10a to 10h will not be repeated here.
  • NR2 when NR2 is working, you can control the port B in the 4P4T601 to turn on port 1, port 2, port 3 and port 4 in turn in a certain order, so as to realize the SRS rotation of NR2.
  • FIG. 10a-FIG. 10h will not be repeated here.
  • FIG. 16 is a schematic structural diagram of another switch device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • NR1 TX4 and NR2 TX5 are added to the RF circuit part. Therefore, compared with Figure 15, the circuit structure shown in Figure 6 also extends the 2T4R specification to support the first NR and the second NR, that is, NR1 supports 2-way transmission (TX2 and TX3), and NR2 also supports 2-way transmission (TX4 and TX5).
  • NR1 TX4 is connected to port 4 of DP4T402
  • NR2 TX5 is connected to port 2 of DP4T402.
  • LTE and NR1 TX2 work, at this time NR1 TX4 and NR2 TX5 Do not work; or, LTE and NR2 TX3 work, at this time NR1 TX4 and NR2 TX5 do not work, so that is equivalent to NR only supports 1T4R SRS rotation, which can be equivalent to the embodiment corresponding to Figure 15.
  • NR1 TX2 and NR1 TX4 work, LTE does not work; or, NR2 TX3 and NR2 TX5 work, LTE does not work, so, NR1 and NR2 both support 2T4R SRS rotation.
  • NR1 and NR2 both support 2T4R SRS rotation.
  • both NR1 TX2 and NR1 TX4 can perform SRS through 4 antennas
  • NR ie NR1 2T4R specification SRS in rotation, for details, refer to the embodiments corresponding to the above-mentioned FIGS. 10a-10h, which will not be repeated here.
  • FIG. 17 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application, and the communication method can be applied to a communication device (eg, the communication device 100 described in FIG. 6 above).
  • the communication device may include an antenna system and a switch device, the antenna system includes K antennas; the switch device includes N+X first ports, K+N second ports and N combiners; wherein the K+ The K second ports in the N second ports are respectively connected with the K antennas one by one; the N second ports in the K+N second ports are respectively connected with the respective first inputs of the N combiners The respective output ends of the N combiners are respectively connected to the N first ports of the N+X first ports one by one; N, X, and K are integers greater than or equal to 1.
  • the method may be applied to the application scenario described in the above-mentioned FIG. 12a or FIG. 12b, and the method may include the following steps S701-S704.
  • Step S701 through the switching device, turn on the i-th first port in the N first ports and the j-th second port in the K second ports, and pass the corresponding j-th root
  • the antenna transmits the first type of signal; i is an integer greater than or equal to 1 and less than or equal to N, and j is an integer greater than or equal to 1 and less than or equal to K.
  • Step S702 through the switching device, when the second type signal needs to be transmitted through the jth antenna, turn on the sth first port and the N second ports in the X first ports
  • the ith second port in, via the ith combiner connected to the ith second port, and the ith first port connected to the ith combiner, the
  • the s th first port is connected to the j th second port, and transmits the second type signal through the j th antenna;
  • s is an integer greater than or equal to 1 and less than or equal to X .
  • FIG. 8 For the communication method, reference may be made to the descriptions of the corresponding embodiments in the above-mentioned FIG. 8 , FIG. 9 , FIGS. 10 a to 10 h , and FIGS. 11 a to 11 d , which will not be repeated here.
  • An embodiment of the present invention further provides a computer-readable storage medium, where the computer-readable storage medium may store a program, and when the program is executed by a processor, the processor may execute any of the methods described in the foregoing method embodiments. Some or all of the steps of a kind.
  • Embodiments of the present invention further provide a computer program, where the computer program includes instructions, when the computer program is executed by a multi-core processor, the processor can perform some or all of the steps of any one of the above method embodiments .
  • the disclosed apparatus may be implemented in other manners.
  • the device embodiments described above are only illustrative.
  • the division of the above-mentioned units is only a logical function division.
  • multiple units or components may be combined or integrated. to another system, or some features can be ignored, or not implemented.
  • the shown or discussed mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection may be through some interfaces, indirect coupling or communication connection of devices or units, and may be in electrical or other forms.
  • the units described above as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and components shown as units may or may not be physical units, that is, may be located in one place, or may be distributed to multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution in this embodiment.
  • each functional unit in each embodiment of the present invention may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist physically alone, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • the above-mentioned integrated units may be implemented in the form of hardware, or may be implemented in the form of software functional units.
  • the integrated units are implemented in the form of software functional units and sold or used as independent products, they may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium.
  • the technical solution of the present invention is essentially or the part that contributes to the prior art, or all or part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product, and the computer software product is stored in a storage medium , including several instructions to cause a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc., specifically a processor in the computer device) to execute all or part of the steps of the above methods in various embodiments of the present invention.
  • a computer device which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc., specifically a processor in the computer device
  • the aforementioned storage medium may include: U disk, mobile hard disk, magnetic disk, optical disk, read-only memory (read-only memory, ROM), double-rate synchronous dynamic random access memory (double data rate, DDR), flash memory ( Flash) or random access memory (random access memory, RAM) and other media that can store program codes.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Radio Transmission System (AREA)
  • Variable-Direction Aerials And Aerial Arrays (AREA)

Abstract

Disclosed in the embodiments of the present application are a switch apparatus, a communication method, and a related device. The switch apparatus comprises N+X first ports, K+N second ports and N combiners, wherein K second ports are respectively connected to K antennas on a one-to-one basis; N second ports are respectively connected to respective first input ends of the N combiners on a one-to-one basis; and respective output ends of the N combiners are respectively connected to N first ports on a one-to-one basis. The switch apparatus is used for: connecting an ith first port of the N first ports to a jth second port of the K second ports, and transmitting a first-type signal by means of a jth antenna; and when a second-type signal needs to be transmitted by means of the jth antenna, connecting an sth first port of X first ports to an ith second port of the N second ports, and transmitting the second-type signal by means of the jth antenna. By means of the embodiments of the present application, the circuit area and the manufacturing cost can be reduced, while antenna switching is realized and normal operation is performed.

Description

一种开关装置、通信方法及相关设备A switching device, communication method and related equipment 技术领域technical field
本申请实施例涉及通信技术领域，尤其涉及一种开关装置、通信方法及相关设备。The embodiments of the present application relate to the field of communication technologies, and in particular, to a switch device, a communication method, and related equipment.
背景技术Background technique
首先，为了解决手机终端的“死亡之握”问题，发射天线选择(transmit antenna selection，TAS)技术如今已广泛使用，但随着横屏游戏以及视频等应用场景越来越多，用户将手机横屏使用的概率也越来越高，导致手机原有的上下两根天线均有被用户双手“握死”的可能，从而严重影响用户的使用体验。由此，请参阅图1，图1是一种LTE的多天线切换电路示意图，如图1所示，多天线选择(multi antenna selection，MAS)技术在上下两根天线的基础上又增加了左右两根天线，从而使得长期演进(long term evolution，LTE)主分集信号的传输可以在下左天线(ANT0)、下右天线(ANT2)、上左天线(ANT1)和上右天线(ANT3)之间进行选择，减少天线被用户握死的几率，保证用户的使用体验。然后，请参阅图2，图2是一种NR的多天线切换电路示意图，如图2所示，一般情况下，手机终端的新空口(new radio，NR)需要支持一路发射四路接收(1 transmit 4 receiver，1T4R)的探测参考信号(sounding reference signal，SRS)，也即SRS信号需要在4根天线(例如图2所示的ANT4、ANT5、ANT6和ANT7)上轮流发射，以使得基站可以通过SRS信号对手机终端的下行信道作质量估计等。First of all, in order to solve the "death grip" problem of mobile terminals, transmit antenna selection (TAS) technology has been widely used today. The probability of screen usage is also getting higher and higher, which leads to the possibility that the original upper and lower antennas of the mobile phone may be "held to death" by the user's hands, thus seriously affecting the user's experience. Therefore, please refer to FIG. 1. FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a multi-antenna switching circuit of LTE. As shown in FIG. 1, the multi-antenna selection (MAS) technology adds left and right antennas on the basis of the upper and lower antennas. Two antennas, so that long term evolution (LTE) main diversity signal transmission can be between the lower left antenna (ANT0), the lower right antenna (ANT2), the upper left antenna (ANT1) and the upper right antenna (ANT3) Make selections to reduce the chance of the antenna being held by the user and ensure the user's experience. Then, please refer to Figure 2. Figure 2 is a schematic diagram of a multi-antenna switching circuit for NR. The sounding reference signal (SRS) of transmit 4 receiver, 1T4R), that is, the SRS signal needs to be transmitted on four antennas (such as ANT4, ANT5, ANT6 and ANT7 shown in Figure 2) in turn, so that the base station can transmit Estimate the quality of the downlink channel of the mobile phone terminal through the SRS signal.
如上所述，当LTE主分集信号的传输需要实现在4天线之间进行切换，同时NR的SRS信号需要在4天线之间实现轮流发射的情况下，一共需要8根物理天线。因此，为了减少天线数量，降低生产成本，大多采取LTE和NR共用4根天线的方案。然而，现有的LTE和NR的天线共用技术，虽然直接减少了一半的天线数量，但是为了保证LTE和NR双方进行天线切换时的正常工作，又添加了更多额外的元器件，反而增加了电路布局面积和制造成本，这与原本提出共用天线方案的目的大大矛盾。As mentioned above, when the transmission of the LTE main-diversity signal needs to be switched between 4 antennas, and the NR SRS signal needs to be transmitted in turn among the 4 antennas, a total of 8 physical antennas are required. Therefore, in order to reduce the number of antennas and reduce the production cost, the scheme of sharing four antennas for LTE and NR is mostly adopted. However, although the existing LTE and NR antenna sharing technology directly reduces the number of antennas by half, in order to ensure the normal operation of the antenna switching between LTE and NR, more additional components are added, which increases the Circuit layout area and manufacturing cost, which greatly contradict the original purpose of the shared antenna scheme.
因此，如何在保证LTE和NR共用天线，并实现合理天线切换和进行正常工作的情况下，进一步减少电路布局面积，降低制造成本是亟待解决的问题。Therefore, how to further reduce the circuit layout area and reduce the manufacturing cost under the condition of ensuring that LTE and NR share the antenna and realizing reasonable antenna switching and normal operation is an urgent problem to be solved.
发明内容SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
本申请实施例提供一种开关装置、通信方法及相关设备，可以在实现天线切换和进行正常工作的情况下，进一步减少电路布局面积，降低制造成本。Embodiments of the present application provide a switching device, a communication method, and related equipment, which can further reduce the circuit layout area and reduce the manufacturing cost under the condition of realizing antenna switching and performing normal operation.
第一方面，本申请实施例提供了一种开关装置，应用于通信设备，所述通信设备包括天线系统，所述天线系统包括K根天线；所述开关装置包括N+X个第一端口、K+N个第二端口和N个合路器；其中，所述K+N个第二端口中的K个第二端口分别与所述K根天线一一连接；所述K+N个第二端口中的N个第二端口分别与所述N个合路器各自的第一输入端一一连接；所述N个合路器各自的输出端分别与所述N+X个第一端口中的N个第一端口一一连接；N、X、K为大于或者等于1的整数；所述开关装置，用于：导通所述N个第一端口中的第i个第一端口与所述K个第二端口中的第j个第二端口，并通过对应的第j根天线传输第一类信号；i为大于或者等于1，且小于或者等于N的整数，j为大于或者等于1，且小于或者等于K的整数；当第二类信号需要通过所述第j根天线传输时，导通所述X个第一端口中的第s个第一端口与所述N个第二端口中的第i个第二端口，经由与所述第i个第二端口连 接的第i个合路器，以及与所述第i个合路器连接的所述第i个第一端口，将所述第s个第一端口导通至所述第j个第二端口，并通过所述第j根天线传输所述第二类信号；s为大于或者等于1，且小于或者等于X的整数。In a first aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a switch device, which is applied to a communication device, where the communication device includes an antenna system, and the antenna system includes K antennas; the switch device includes N+X first ports, K+N second ports and N combiners; wherein, K second ports in the K+N second ports are respectively connected to the K antennas one by one; the K+Nth The N second ports in the two ports are respectively connected with the respective first input terminals of the N combiners one by one; the respective output terminals of the N combiners are respectively connected with the N+X first ports The N first ports in are connected one by one; N, X, and K are integers greater than or equal to 1; the switching device is used to: turn on the i-th first port in the N first ports and The jth second port among the K second ports transmits the first type signal through the corresponding jth antenna; i is an integer greater than or equal to 1 and less than or equal to N, and j is greater than or equal to 1, and an integer less than or equal to K; when the second type of signal needs to be transmitted through the jth antenna, the sth first port and the N second first ports in the X first ports are turned on. the ith second port of the ports, via the ith combiner connected to the ith second port, and the ith first port connected to the ith combiner, Conducting the s-th first port to the j-th second port, and transmitting the second-type signal through the j-th antenna; s is greater than or equal to 1 and less than or equal to X Integer.
在本申请实施例中，提供了一种开关装置，该开关装置包括多个第一端口、多个第二端口和多个合路器。其中，该多个第一端口中的部分第一端口用于传输第一类信号(例如LTE主集发射信号、LTE主集接收信号和LTE分集接收信号)，该多个第一端口中的剩余部分第一端口用于传输第二类信号(例如NR主集发射信号、NR主集接收信号和NR分集接收信号)。其中，该多个第二端口中的部分第二端口可以与多根天线一一连接，剩余部分第二端口可以通过合路器与该用于传输第一类信号的部分第一端口一一连接。如此，例如可以通过该开关装置导通用于传输第一类信号的第一端口与连接该第一根天线的第二端口，使得第一类信号可以通过该第一根天线进行传输。并且，若此时第二类信号也需要通过该第一根天线进行传输，则可以通过该开关装置导通用于传输该第二类信号的第一端口与对应的第二端口，该对应的第二端口即为与上述用于传输第一类信号的第一端口通过合路器连接的第二端口，从而可以在上述第一端口与上述连接该第一根天线的第二端口已导通的情况下，间接地将该用于传输第二类信号的第一端口导通至与该第一根天线连接的第二端口，从而使得第二类信号也可以通过该第一根天线进行传输。相对于现有技术，本方案保证了两类信号在共用一个天线系统，也即减少了天线数量的情况下，双方均可以选择共用的天线系统内的任意天线进行信号传输，满足第一类信号在占用天线进行传输时，第二类信号可以根据实际需求通过开关装置选择同一根天线进行传输，不会因为一方占用天线而打断另一方的传输，互相之间没有干扰，还进一步减少了合路器的数量，从而减少电路布局面积和生产成本。In an embodiment of the present application, a switch device is provided, and the switch device includes a plurality of first ports, a plurality of second ports, and a plurality of combiners. Wherein, some of the first ports in the plurality of first ports are used to transmit the first type of signals (for example, LTE main set transmit signals, LTE main set receive signals, and LTE diversity receive signals), and the rest of the plurality of first ports Some of the first ports are used to transmit the second type of signals (eg, NR main set transmit signals, NR main set receive signals, and NR diversity receive signals). Wherein, some of the second ports of the plurality of second ports can be connected to the plurality of antennas one by one, and the remaining part of the second ports can be connected to the part of the first ports for transmitting the first type of signals through a combiner one by one. . In this way, for example, the first port for transmitting the first type of signal and the second port connected to the first antenna can be turned on through the switching device, so that the first type of signal can be transmitted through the first antenna. In addition, if the second type signal also needs to be transmitted through the first antenna at this time, the first port for transmitting the second type signal and the corresponding second port can be turned on through the switching device, and the corresponding first port can be turned on. The second port is the second port that is connected to the first port for transmitting the first type of signal through a combiner, so that the first port and the second port connected to the first antenna can be connected. In this case, the first port for transmitting the second type of signal is indirectly connected to the second port connected with the first antenna, so that the second type of signal can also be transmitted through the first antenna. Compared with the prior art, this solution ensures that the two types of signals share one antenna system, that is, when the number of antennas is reduced, both parties can select any antenna in the shared antenna system for signal transmission, satisfying the first type of signal. When the antenna is occupied for transmission, the second type of signal can be transmitted through the switch device by selecting the same antenna according to the actual needs, and the transmission of the other party will not be interrupted because one party occupies the antenna, and there is no mutual interference. reduce the number of circuit breakers, thereby reducing the circuit layout area and production cost.
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述开关装置，还用于：当所述第二类信号需要通过第j’根天线传输时，导通所述X个第一端口中的第s个第一端口与所述K个第二端口中的第j’个第二端口，并通过对应的第j’根天线传输所述第二类信号；j’为大于或者等于1，且小于或者等于K的整数，j不等于j’。In a possible implementation manner, the switch device is further configured to: when the second type signal needs to be transmitted through the j' th antenna, turn on the s th th th th th port in the X first ports A port and the j'th second port among the K second ports, and transmit the second type signal through the corresponding j'th antenna; j' is greater than or equal to 1, and less than or equal to K an integer, j is not equal to j'.
在本申请实施例中，当第一类信号占用天线进行传输时，若第二类信号需要通过其他的天线进行传输，则可以通过该开关装置导通用于传输第二类信号的第一端口与其他的天线连接的第二端口，使得第一信号可以通过其他的天线天线进行传输。如此，结合上述第一方面的内容，本申请实施例可以满足第一类信号在占用天线进行传输时，第二类信号可以通过开关装置根据实际需求选择同一根天线或者其他的天线进行传输，两类信号的传输可以共用一个天线系统，两类信号选择天线并进行传输也互不干扰，不会因为一方占用天线而打断另一方的传输，提高信号传输的性能，保障用户的使用体验。In the embodiment of the present application, when the first type of signal occupies an antenna for transmission, if the second type of signal needs to be transmitted through other antennas, the switching device can be used to turn on the first port for transmitting the second type of signal and the The other antenna is connected to the second port, so that the first signal can be transmitted through the other antenna. In this way, in combination with the above-mentioned first aspect, the embodiment of the present application can satisfy the requirement that when the first type of signal is occupied by the antenna for transmission, the second type of signal can be transmitted by selecting the same antenna or other antennas through the switching device according to actual needs, and the two The transmission of similar signals can share one antenna system, and the two types of signals can select the antenna and transmit without interfering with each other, and will not interrupt the transmission of the other because one party occupies the antenna, improve the performance of signal transmission, and ensure the user experience.
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述开关装置包括第一双刀双掷开关DPDT、第二DPDT、第三DPDT和双刀四掷开关DP4T；所述N个第一端口包括第一所述DPDT的两个P端口；所述X个第一端口包括所述DP4T中的两个P端口；所述K个第二端口包括所述第二DPDT中的两个T端口和所述第三DPDT中的两个T端口；所述N个第二端口包括所述DP4T中的两个T端口。In a possible implementation manner, the switch device includes a first double-pole double-throw switch DPDT, a second DPDT, a third DPDT and a double-pole four-throw switch DP4T; the N first ports include the first Two P ports of a DPDT; the X first ports include two P ports in the DP4T; the K second ports include two T ports in the second DPDT and the third DPDT The two T ports in the DP4T; the N second ports include the two T ports in the DP4T.
在本申请实施例中，该开关装置具体可以包括3个双刀双掷开关、1个双刀四掷开关和上述多个合路器。如此，本申请实施例可以通过简单的开关器件实现两类信号共用一个天线系统，在保证两类信号选择天线进行传输互不干扰的情况下，还进一步减少了电路面积和生产成本，满足了实际的生产和使用需求。In the embodiment of the present application, the switch device may specifically include three double-pole double-throw switches, one double-pole four-throw switch, and the above-mentioned multiple combiners. In this way, the embodiment of the present application can realize that two types of signals share one antenna system through a simple switching device, and under the condition that the two types of signals are selected for transmission without mutual interference, the circuit area and production cost are further reduced, which satisfies the actual situation. production and use requirements.
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述第一DPDT、所述第二DPDT和所述第三DPDT中均包括第一个P端口、第二个P端口、第一个T端口和第二个T端口；所述DP4T中包括第一个P端口、第二个P端口、第一个T端口、第二个T端口、第三个T端口和第四个T端口；In a possible implementation manner, each of the first DPDT, the second DPDT and the third DPDT includes a first P-port, a second P-port, a first T-port and a second T port; the DP4T includes the first P port, the second P port, the first T port, the second T port, the third T port and the fourth T port;
所述第一DPDT的第一个T端口与所述第二DPDT的第一个P端口连接；所述第二DPDT的第一个T端口与所述K根天线中的第一根天线连接；所述第一DPDT的第二个T端口与所述第三DPDT的第一个P端口连接；所述第三DPDT的第一个T端口与所述K根天线中的第二根天线连接；所述DP4T的第二个T端口与所述第二DPDT的第二个P端口连接；所述第二DPDT的第二个T端口与所述K根天线中的第三根天线连接；所述DP4T的第三个T端口与所述第三DPDT的第二个P端口连接；所述第三DPDT的第二个T端口与所述K根天线中的第四根天线连接。The first T port of the first DPDT is connected to the first P port of the second DPDT; the first T port of the second DPDT is connected to the first antenna of the K antennas; The second T port of the first DPDT is connected to the first P port of the third DPDT; the first T port of the third DPDT is connected to the second antenna of the K antennas; The second T port of the DP4T is connected to the second P port of the second DPDT; the second T port of the second DPDT is connected to the third antenna in the K antennas; the The third T port of the DP4T is connected to the second P port of the third DPDT; the second T port of the third DPDT is connected to the fourth antenna among the K antennas.
在本申请实施例中，可以通过现有的双刀双掷开关和双刀四掷开关中对应的端口与天线系统内的4根天线连接，从而使得第一类信号和第二类信号可以通过该多个开关中的各个端口之间的导通情况来选择天线进行传输。如此，本申请实施例可以在保证第一类信号和第二类信号共用一个天线系统，大大减少了天线数量的前提下，进一步保证第一类信号和第二类信号均可以选择共用的天线系统内的任意天线进行信号传输，互相之间没有干扰。In the embodiment of the present application, the corresponding ports in the existing double-pole double-throw switch and double-pole four-throw switch can be connected to the four antennas in the antenna system, so that the first type of signal and the second type of signal can pass through The conduction between the ports in the plurality of switches selects the antenna for transmission. In this way, the embodiment of the present application can further ensure that the first type of signal and the second type of signal can select a shared antenna system on the premise that the first type of signal and the second type of signal share one antenna system, which greatly reduces the number of antennas Any antenna in the system can transmit signals without interfering with each other.
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述通信设备还包括射频电路，所述射频电路包括第一类电路和第二类电路；所述第一类电路包括第一主集发射电路、第一主集接收电路和第一分集接收电路；所述第二类电路包括第二主集发射电路、第二主集接收电路和第二分集接收电路；所述N个合路器包括第一合路器和第二合路器；其中，所述第一分集接收电路与所述第一合路器的第二输入端连接；所述第一主集发射电路和所述第一主集接收电路与所述第二合路器的第二输入端连接；所述第二分集接收电路与所述DP4T的第一个P端口连接；所述第二主集发射电路和所述第二主集接收电路与所述DP4T的第二个P端口连接。In a possible implementation manner, the communication device further includes a radio frequency circuit, and the radio frequency circuit includes a first type of circuit and a second type of circuit; the first type of circuit includes a first main set transmitting circuit, a first main A set receiving circuit and a first diversity receiving circuit; the second type of circuit includes a second main set transmitting circuit, a second main set receiving circuit and a second diversity receiving circuit; the N combiners include a first combiner and a second combiner; wherein, the first diversity receiving circuit is connected to the second input end of the first combiner; the first main set transmitting circuit and the first main set receiving circuit are connected to the The second input end of the second combiner is connected; the second diversity receiving circuit is connected to the first P port of the DP4T; the second main set transmitting circuit and the second main set receiving circuit are connected with The second P port of the DP4T is connected.
在本申请实施例中，该通信设备还可以包括射频电路，该射频电路具体可以包括LTE主集发射电路(如第一主集发射电路)、LTE主集接收电路(如第一主集接收电路)和LTE分集接收电路(如第一分集接收电路)，以及NR主集发射电路(如第二主集发射电路)、NR主集接收电路(如第二主集接收电路)和NR分集接收电路(如第二分集接收电路)。并且该多个电路分别与双刀双掷开关和双刀四掷开关中对应的端口连接，使得LTE系统和NR系统可以共用一个天线系统，并且LTE系统内的LTE控制器可以通过上述多个开关在该天线系统内选择天线进行信号传输，以及NR系统内的NR控制器可以在该天线系统的多根天线上轮流发射SRS信号以及接收相应的信号。与此同时，通过两个合路器使得LTE的天线切换和NR的SRS轮发之间互不干扰，保证了用户的使用体验。In this embodiment of the present application, the communication device may further include a radio frequency circuit, and the radio frequency circuit may specifically include an LTE master transmitter circuit (eg, a first master transmitter circuit), an LTE master receiver circuit (eg, a first master receiver circuit) ) and LTE diversity receiving circuit (such as the first diversity receiving circuit), as well as the NR main set transmitting circuit (such as the second main set transmitting circuit), the NR main set receiving circuit (such as the second main set receiving circuit) and the NR diversity receiving circuit (such as the second diversity receiving circuit). And the multiple circuits are respectively connected with the corresponding ports in the double-pole double-throw switch and the double-pole four-throw switch, so that the LTE system and the NR system can share one antenna system, and the LTE controller in the LTE system can pass the above-mentioned multiple switches. Antennas are selected for signal transmission in the antenna system, and the NR controller in the NR system can transmit SRS signals and receive corresponding signals in turn on multiple antennas of the antenna system. At the same time, through the two combiners, the antenna switching of LTE and the SRS transmission of NR do not interfere with each other, which ensures the user experience.
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述第一类信号包括第一主集发射信号、第一主集接收信号和第一分集接收信号；所述第二类信号包括第二主集发射信号、第二主集接收信号和第二分集接收信号；所述第一合路器和所述第二合路器的所述第一输入端为高频端，所述第一合路器和所述第二合路器的所述第二输入端为低频端。In a possible implementation manner, the first type of signal includes a first main set transmit signal, a first main set receive signal and a first diversity receive signal; the second type of signal includes a second main set transmit signal, The second main set received signal and the second diversity received signal; the first input ends of the first combiner and the second combiner are high-frequency ends, the first combiner and the The second input end of the second combiner is a low frequency end.
在本申请实施例中，上述第一类信号可以包括LTE主集发射信号、LTE主集接收信号和LTE分集接收信号，第二类信号可以包括例如NR主集发射信号、NR主集接收信号和NR分集接收信号。其中，LTE主集发射信号(例如为SRS信号)、LTE主集接收信号和LTE分集接收信号可以通过合路器的低频端，NR主集发射信号、NR主集接收信号和NR分集接收信号可以通过合路器的高频端。由此，本申请实施例可以实现LTE的信号传输以及NR的SRS 轮发共用一个天线系统，并通过上述两个合路器的设置，使得彼此之间互不干扰，保证了用户的使用体验。In this embodiment of the present application, the above-mentioned first type of signals may include LTE main set transmit signals, LTE main set receive signals, and LTE diversity receive signals, and the second type of signals may include, for example, NR main set transmit signals, NR main set receive signals, and NR diversity received signal. Among them, the LTE main set transmit signal (for example, the SRS signal), the LTE main set receive signal and the LTE diversity receive signal can pass through the low frequency end of the combiner, and the NR main set transmit signal, the NR main set receive signal and the NR diversity receive signal can pass through the low frequency end of the combiner. through the high frequency side of the combiner. Therefore, the embodiment of the present application can realize that the LTE signal transmission and the NR SRS rotation share one antenna system, and through the setting of the above two combiners, they do not interfere with each other, and the user experience is guaranteed.
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述开关装置还包括：第一单刀双掷开关SPDT和第二SPDT；所述第一SPDT和所述第二SPDT中均包括P端口、第一个T端口和第二个T端口；其中，所述DP4T的第一个T端口与所述第一SPDT的第一个T端口连接；所述第一SPDT的P端口与所述第一合路器的第一输入端连接；所述第一个合路器的输出端与所述第一DPDT的第一个P端口连接；所述DP4T的第四个T端口与所述第二SPDT的第一个T端口连接；所述第二SPDT的P端口与所述第二个合路器的第一输入端连接；所述第二个合路器的输出端与所述第一DPDT的第二个P端口连接。In a possible implementation manner, the switch device further includes: a first single-pole double-throw switch SPDT and a second SPDT; both the first SPDT and the second SPDT include a P port and a first T port and the second T port; wherein, the first T port of the DP4T is connected to the first T port of the first SPDT; the P port of the first SPDT is connected to the first T port of the first combiner An input terminal is connected; the output terminal of the first combiner is connected to the first P port of the first DPDT; the fourth T port of the DP4T is connected to the first T port of the second SPDT port connection; the P port of the second SPDT is connected to the first input end of the second combiner; the output end of the second combiner is connected to the second P port of the first DPDT connect.
在本申请实施例中，该开关装置还可以包括2个单刀双掷开关，该2个单刀双掷开关分别用于连接两个合路器和双刀四掷开关中对应的端口，从而使得当第一类信号正在占用天线进行传输时，若此时第二类信号需要通过同一天线进行传输，则可以通过导通双刀四掷开关和单刀双掷开关中对应的端口，并经由与其连接的合路器，以及第一类信号的导通线路，将第二类信号导通至上述同一天线进行传输。如此，本申请实施例可以实现第一类信号和第二类信号均可以选择共用的天线系统内的任意天线进行信号传输，互相之间没有干扰，并且减少了合路器的数量，从而减少了电路布局面积和生产成本。In the embodiment of the present application, the switch device may further include two SPDT switches, and the two SPDT switches are respectively used to connect the two combiners and the corresponding ports in the double-pole-four-throw switch, so that when the When the first type of signal is occupying the antenna for transmission, if the second type of signal needs to be transmitted through the same antenna at this time, you can turn on the corresponding port in the double-pole four-throw switch and the single-pole double-throw switch, and connect the The combiner and the conducting line for the first type of signal conduct the second type of signal to the same antenna for transmission. In this way, the embodiments of the present application can realize that both the first type of signal and the second type of signal can select any antenna in the shared antenna system for signal transmission, without mutual interference, and reduce the number of combiners, thereby reducing the number of Circuit layout area and production cost.
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述开关装置，具体用于：控制所述第一DPDT中的第一个P端口与第二个T端口导通、所述第一DPDT中的第二个P端口与第一个T端口导通、所述第二DPDT中的第一个P端口与第一个T端口导通、所述第二DPDT中的第二个P端口与第二个T端口导通、所述第三DPDT中的第一个P端口与第一个T端口导通、所述第三DPDT中的第二个P端口与第二个T端口导通；此时，所述第一主集发射电路和所述第一主集接收电路分别与所述第一根天线连接，所述第一分集接收电路与所述第二根天线连接，所述DP4T中的第二个T端口与所述第三根天线连接，所述DP4T中的第三个T端口与所述第四根天线连接；其中，所述第一主集发射电路，用于通过所述第一根天线发射所述第一主集发射信号；所述第一主集接收电路，用于通过所述第一根天线接收所述第一主集接收信号；所述第一分集接收电路，用于通过所述第二根天线接收所述第一分集接收信号。In a possible implementation manner, the switch device is specifically configured to: control the first P port and the second T port in the first DPDT to conduct, and the second T port in the first DPDT The P port is connected to the first T port, the first P port of the second DPDT is connected to the first T port, the second P port of the second DPDT is connected to the second T port is turned on, the first P port in the third DPDT is connected with the first T port, and the second P port in the third DPDT is connected with the second T port; at this time, the The first main set transmitting circuit and the first main set receiving circuit are respectively connected with the first antenna, the first diversity receiving circuit is connected with the second antenna, and the second T in the DP4T The port is connected to the third antenna, and the third T port in the DP4T is connected to the fourth antenna; wherein, the first main set transmitting circuit is used for transmitting through the first antenna the first main set transmit signal; the first main set receiving circuit is used for receiving the first main set receiving signal through the first antenna; the first diversity receiving circuit is used for receiving the first main set receiving signal through the first antenna The second antenna receives the first diversity received signal.
在本申请实施例中，可以通过三个双刀双掷开关各自的导通状态，使得第一主集发射电路、第一主集接收电路和第一分集接收电路分别与对应的天线连接，从而通过对应的天线分别发射和接收相应的信号。例如，当控制第一DPDT处于交叉导通状态(比如第一DPDT中的第一个P端口与第二个T端口导通、且第二个P端口与第一个T端口导通)，第二DPDT处于直通状态(比如第二DPDT中的第一个P端口与第一个T端口导通、且第二个P端口与第二个T端口导通)，第三DPDT处于直通状态(比如第三DPDT中的第一个P端口与第一个T端口导通、且第二个P端口与第二个T端口导通)时，基于上述各个开关、天线以及电路之间的连接关系，可以将第一主集发射电路和第一主集接收电路连接至第一根天线，将第一分集接收电路连接至第二根天线。如此，本申请实施例可以通过在射频电路和天线之间连接多个简单的开关，以及通过对各个开关导通状态的控制，实现在多根天线中进行天线选择并传输第一类信号。In this embodiment of the present application, the first main set transmitting circuit, the first main set receiving circuit, and the first diversity receiving circuit can be respectively connected to the corresponding antennas through the respective conduction states of the three double-pole double-throw switches, thereby Corresponding signals are respectively transmitted and received through corresponding antennas. For example, when the first DPDT is controlled to be in a cross-conduction state (for example, the first P port in the first DPDT is connected to the second T port, and the second P port is connected to the first T port), the first The second DPDT is in the pass-through state (for example, the first P port in the second DPDT is connected to the first T port, and the second P port is connected to the second T port), and the third DPDT is in the pass-through state (such as When the first P port and the first T port in the third DPDT are turned on, and the second P port and the second T port are turned on), based on the connection relationship between the above switches, antennas and circuits, The first main set transmit circuit and the first main set receive circuit may be connected to the first antenna, and the first diversity receive circuit may be connected to the second antenna. In this way, the embodiments of the present application can implement antenna selection among multiple antennas and transmit the first type of signals by connecting multiple simple switches between the radio frequency circuit and the antenna, and controlling the conduction state of each switch.
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述开关装置，具体用于：控制所述第一DPDT中的第一个P端口与第二个T端口导通、所述第一DPDT中的第二个P端口与第一个T端口导通、所述第二DPDT中的第一个P端口与第一个T端口导通、所述第二DPDT中的第二个P端口与第 二个T端口导通、所述第三DPDT中的第一个P端口与第二个T端口导通、所述第三DPDT中的第二个P端口与第一个T端口导通；此时，所述第一主集发射电路和所述第一主集接收电路分别与所述第一根天线连接，所述第一分集接收电路与所述第四根天线连接，所述DP4T中的第二个T端口与所述第三根天线连接，所述DP4T中的第三个T端口与所述第二根天线连接；其中，所述第一主集发射电路，用于通过所述第一根天线发射所述第一主集发射信号；In a possible implementation manner, the switch device is specifically configured to: control the first P port and the second T port in the first DPDT to conduct, and the second T port in the first DPDT The P port is connected to the first T port, the first P port of the second DPDT is connected to the first T port, the second P port of the second DPDT is connected to the second T port is turned on, the first P port in the third DPDT is connected with the second T port, and the second P port in the third DPDT is connected with the first T port; at this time, the The first main set transmitting circuit and the first main set receiving circuit are respectively connected to the first antenna, the first diversity receiving circuit is connected to the fourth antenna, and the second T in the DP4T The port is connected with the third antenna, and the third T port in the DP4T is connected with the second antenna; wherein, the first main set transmitting circuit is used for transmitting through the first antenna the first main set transmits a signal;
所述第一主集接收电路，用于通过所述第一根天线接收所述第一主集接收信号；所述第一分集接收电路，用于通过所述第四根天线接收所述第一分集接收信号。The first main set receiving circuit is used for receiving the first main set receiving signal through the first antenna; the first diversity receiving circuit is used for receiving the first main set receiving signal through the fourth antenna Diversity received signal.
在本申请实施例中，可以通过三个双刀双掷开关各自的导通状态，使得第一主集发射电路、第一主集接收电路和第一分集接收电路分别与对应的天线连接，从而通过对应的天线分别发射和接收相应的信号。例如，当控制第一DPDT处于交叉导通状态，第二DPDT处于直通状态，第三DPDT处于交叉导通状态时，基于上述各个开关、天线以及电路之间的连接关系，可以将第一主集发射电路和第一主集接收电路连接至第一根天线，将第一分集接收电路连接至第四根天线。如此，本申请实施例可以通过在射频电路和天线之间连接多个简单的开关，以及通过对各个开关导通状态的控制，实现在多根天线中进行天线选择并传输第一类信号。In this embodiment of the present application, the first main set transmitting circuit, the first main set receiving circuit, and the first diversity receiving circuit can be respectively connected to the corresponding antennas through the respective conduction states of the three double-pole double-throw switches, thereby Corresponding signals are respectively transmitted and received through corresponding antennas. For example, when the first DPDT is controlled to be in a cross-conducting state, the second DPDT is in a direct-connecting state, and the third DPDT is in a cross-conducting state, based on the connection relationship between the switches, antennas, and circuits described above, the first main set The transmitting circuit and the first main set receiving circuit are connected to the first antenna, and the first diversity receiving circuit is connected to the fourth antenna. In this way, the embodiments of the present application can implement antenna selection among multiple antennas and transmit the first type of signals by connecting multiple simple switches between the radio frequency circuit and the antenna, and controlling the conduction state of each switch.
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述开关装置，具体用于：控制所述第一DPDT中的第一个P端口与第一个T端口导通、所述第一DPDT中的第二个P端口与第二个T端口导通、所述第二DPDT中的第一个P端口与第一个T端口导通、所述第二DPDT中的第二个P端口与第二个T端口导通、所述第三DPDT中的第一个P端口与第一个T端口导通、所述第三DPDT中的第二个P端口与第二个T端口导通；此时，所述第一主集发射电路和所述第一主集接收电路分别与所述第二根天线连接，所述第一分集接收电路与所述第一根天线连接，所述DP4T中的第二个T端口与所述第三根天线连接，所述DP4T中的第三个T端口与所述第四根天线连接；其中，所述第一主集发射电路，用于通过所述第二根天线发射所述第一主集发射信号；所述第一主集接收电路，用于通过所述第二根天线接收所述第一主集接收信号；所述第一分集接收电路，用于通过所述第一根天线接收所述第一分集接收信号。In a possible implementation manner, the switch device is specifically configured to: control the conduction between the first P port and the first T port in the first DPDT, and control the second port in the first DPDT to conduct The P port is connected to the second T port, the first P port of the second DPDT is connected to the first T port, the second P port of the second DPDT is connected to the second T port is turned on, the first P port in the third DPDT is connected with the first T port, and the second P port in the third DPDT is connected with the second T port; at this time, the The first main set transmitting circuit and the first main set receiving circuit are respectively connected with the second antenna, the first diversity receiving circuit is connected with the first antenna, and the second T in the DP4T The port is connected to the third antenna, and the third T port in the DP4T is connected to the fourth antenna; wherein, the first main set transmitting circuit is used for transmitting through the second antenna the first main set transmit signal; the first main set receiving circuit is used for receiving the first main set receiving signal through the second antenna; the first diversity receiving circuit is used for receiving the first main set receiving signal through the second antenna The first antenna receives the first diversity received signal.
在本申请实施例中，可以通过三个双刀双掷开关各自的导通状态，使得第一主集发射电路、第一主集接收电路和第一分集接收电路分别与对应的天线连接，从而通过对应的天线分别发射和接收相应的信号。例如，当控制第一DPDT处于直通状态，第二DPDT处于直通状态，第三DPDT处于直通状态时，基于上述各个开关、天线以及电路之间的连接关系，可以将第一主集发射电路和第一主集接收电路连接至第二根天线，将第一分集接收电路连接至第一根天线。如此，本申请实施例可以通过在射频电路和天线之间连接多个简单的开关，以及通过对各个开关导通状态的控制，实现在多根天线中进行天线选择并传输第一类信号。In this embodiment of the present application, the first main set transmitting circuit, the first main set receiving circuit, and the first diversity receiving circuit can be respectively connected to the corresponding antennas through the respective conduction states of the three double-pole double-throw switches, thereby Corresponding signals are respectively transmitted and received through corresponding antennas. For example, when the first DPDT is controlled to be in the pass-through state, the second DPDT is in the pass-through state, and the third DPDT is in the pass-through state, based on the connection relationship between the switches, antennas and circuits described above, the first main set transmitting circuit and the third DPDT can be connected. A main set receiving circuit is connected to the second antenna, and a first diversity receiving circuit is connected to the first antenna. In this way, the embodiments of the present application can implement antenna selection among multiple antennas and transmit the first type of signals by connecting multiple simple switches between the radio frequency circuit and the antenna, and controlling the conduction state of each switch.
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述开关装置，具体用于：控制所述第一DPDT中的第一个P端口与第一个T端口导通、所述第一DPDT中的第二个P端口与第二个T端口导通、所述第二DPDT中的第一个P端口与第二个T端口导通、所述第二DPDT中的第二个P端口与第一个T端口导通、所述第三DPDT中的第一个P端口与第一个T端口导通、所述第三DPDT中的第二个P端口与第二个T端口导通；此时，所述第一主集发射电路和所述第一主集接收电路分别与所述第二根天线连接，所述第一分集接收电路与所述第三根天线连接，所述DP4T中的第二个T端口与所述第一根天线连接，所述DP4T中的第三个T端口与所述第四根天线连接；其中，所述第一主集发射电路，用于通过所述第二根天线发射所述第一主集发射信号； 所述第一主集接收电路，用于通过所述第二根天线接收所述第一主集接收信号；所述第一分集接收电路，用于通过所述第三根天线接收所述第一分集接收信号。In a possible implementation manner, the switch device is specifically configured to: control the conduction between the first P port and the first T port in the first DPDT, and control the second port in the first DPDT to conduct The P port is connected to the second T port, the first P port of the second DPDT is connected to the second T port, the second P port of the second DPDT is connected to the first T port is turned on, the first P port in the third DPDT is connected with the first T port, and the second P port in the third DPDT is connected with the second T port; at this time, the The first main set transmitting circuit and the first main set receiving circuit are respectively connected to the second antenna, the first diversity receiving circuit is connected to the third antenna, and the second T in the DP4T The port is connected with the first antenna, and the third T port in the DP4T is connected with the fourth antenna; wherein, the first main set transmitting circuit is used for transmitting through the second antenna the first main set transmitting signal; the first main set receiving circuit, used for receiving the first main set receiving signal through the second antenna; the first diversity receiving circuit, used for receiving the first main set receiving signal through the second antenna The third antenna receives the first diversity received signal.
在本申请实施例中，可以通过三个双刀双掷开关各自的导通状态，使得第一主集发射电路、第一主集接收电路和第一分集接收电路分别与对应的天线连接，从而通过对应的天线分别发射和接收相应的信号。例如，当控制第一DPDT处于直通状态，第二DPDT处于交叉导通状态，第三DPDT处于直通状态时，基于上述各个开关、天线以及电路之间的连接关系，可以将第一主集发射电路和第一主集接收电路连接至第二根天线，将第一分集接收电路连接至第三根天线。如此，本申请实施例可以通过在射频电路和天线之间连接多个简单的开关，以及通过对各个开关导通状态的控制，实现在多根天线中进行天线选择并传输第一类信号。In this embodiment of the present application, the first main set transmitting circuit, the first main set receiving circuit, and the first diversity receiving circuit can be respectively connected to the corresponding antennas through the respective conduction states of the three double-pole double-throw switches, thereby Corresponding signals are respectively transmitted and received through corresponding antennas. For example, when the first DPDT is controlled to be in the pass-through state, the second DPDT is in the cross-conduction state, and the third DPDT is in the pass-through state, based on the connection relationship between the above switches, antennas and circuits, the first main set transmitting circuit can be and the first main set receiving circuit is connected to the second antenna, and the first diversity receiving circuit is connected to the third antenna. In this way, the embodiments of the present application can implement antenna selection among multiple antennas and transmit the first type of signals by connecting multiple simple switches between the radio frequency circuit and the antenna, and controlling the conduction state of each switch.
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述开关装置，具体用于：控制所述第一DPDT中的第一个P端口与第二个T端口导通、所述第一DPDT中的第二个P端口与第一个T端口导通、所述第二DPDT中的第一个P端口与第二个T端口导通、所述第二DPDT中的第二个P端口与第一个T端口导通、所述第三DPDT中的第一个P端口与第一个T端口导通、所述第三DPDT中的第二个P端口与第二个T端口导通；此时，所述第一主集发射电路和所述第一主集接收电路分别与所述第三根天线连接，所述第一分集接收电路与所述第二根天线连接，所述DP4T中的第二个T端口与所述第一根天线连接，所述DP4T中的第三个T端口与所述第四根天线连接；其中，所述第一主集发射电路，用于通过所述第三根天线发射所述第一主集发射信号；所述第一主集接收电路，用于通过所述第三根天线接收所述第一主集接收信号；所述第一分集接收电路，用于通过所述第二根天线接收所述第一分集接收信号。In a possible implementation manner, the switch device is specifically configured to: control the first P port and the second T port in the first DPDT to conduct, and the second T port in the first DPDT The P port is connected to the first T port, the first P port of the second DPDT is connected to the second T port, the second P port of the second DPDT is connected to the first T port is turned on, the first P port in the third DPDT is connected with the first T port, and the second P port in the third DPDT is connected with the second T port; at this time, the The first main set transmitting circuit and the first main set receiving circuit are respectively connected to the third antenna, the first diversity receiving circuit is connected to the second antenna, and the second T in the DP4T The port is connected to the first antenna, and the third T port in the DP4T is connected to the fourth antenna; wherein, the first main set transmitting circuit is used for transmitting through the third antenna the first main set transmit signal; the first main set receiving circuit is used for receiving the first main set receiving signal through the third antenna; the first diversity receiving circuit is used for receiving the first main set receiving circuit through the The second antenna receives the first diversity received signal.
在本申请实施例中，可以通过三个双刀双掷开关各自的导通状态，使得第一主集发射电路、第一主集接收电路和第一分集接收电路分别与对应的天线连接，从而通过对应的天线分别发射和接收相应的信号。例如，当控制第一DPDT处于交叉导通状态，第二DPDT处于交叉导通状态，第三DPDT处于直通状态时，基于上述各个开关、天线以及电路之间的连接关系，可以将第一主集发射电路和第一主集接收电路连接至第三根天线，将第一分集接收电路连接至第二根天线。如此，本申请实施例可以通过在射频电路和天线之间连接多个简单的开关，以及通过对各个开关导通状态的控制，实现在多根天线中进行天线选择并传输第一类信号。In this embodiment of the present application, the first main set transmitting circuit, the first main set receiving circuit, and the first diversity receiving circuit can be respectively connected to the corresponding antennas through the respective conduction states of the three double-pole double-throw switches, thereby Corresponding signals are respectively transmitted and received through corresponding antennas. For example, when the first DPDT is controlled to be in the cross-conduction state, the second DPDT is in the cross-conduction state, and the third DPDT is in the straight-through state, based on the connection relationship between the switches, antennas, and circuits described above, the first main set The transmitting circuit and the first main set receiving circuit are connected to the third antenna, and the first diversity receiving circuit is connected to the second antenna. In this way, the embodiments of the present application can implement antenna selection among multiple antennas and transmit the first type of signals by connecting multiple simple switches between the radio frequency circuit and the antenna, and controlling the conduction state of each switch.
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述开关装置，具体用于：控制所述第一DPDT中的第一个P端口与第二个T端口导通、所述第一DPDT中的第二个P端口与第一个T端口导通、所述第二DPDT中的第一个P端口与第二个T端口导通、所述第二DPDT中的第二个P端口与第一个T端口导通、所述第三DPDT中的第一个P端口与第二个T端口导通、所述第三DPDT中的第二个P端口与第一个T端口导通；此时，所述第一主集发射电路和所述第一主集接收电路分别与所述第三根天线连接，所述第一分集接收电路与所述第四根天线连接，所述DP4T中的第二个T端口与所述第一根天线连接，所述DP4T中的第三个T端口与所述第二根天线连接；其中，所述第一主集发射电路，用于通过所述第三根天线发射所述第一主集发射信号；所述第一主集接收电路，用于通过所述第三根天线接收所述第一主集接收信号；所述第一分集接收电路，用于通过所述第四根天线接收所述第一分集接收信号。In a possible implementation manner, the switch device is specifically configured to: control the first P port and the second T port in the first DPDT to conduct, and the second T port in the first DPDT The P port is connected to the first T port, the first P port of the second DPDT is connected to the second T port, the second P port of the second DPDT is connected to the first T port is turned on, the first P port in the third DPDT is connected with the second T port, and the second P port in the third DPDT is connected with the first T port; at this time, the The first main set transmitting circuit and the first main set receiving circuit are respectively connected to the third antenna, the first diversity receiving circuit is connected to the fourth antenna, and the second T in the DP4T The port is connected with the first antenna, and the third T port in the DP4T is connected with the second antenna; wherein, the first main set transmitting circuit is used for transmitting through the third antenna the first main set transmit signal; the first main set receiving circuit is used for receiving the first main set receiving signal through the third antenna; the first diversity receiving circuit is used for receiving the first main set receiving circuit through the The fourth antenna receives the first diversity received signal.
在本申请实施例中，可以通过三个双刀双掷开关各自的导通状态，使得第一主集发射电路、第一主集接收电路和第一分集接收电路分别与对应的天线连接，从而通过对应的天线分别发射和接收相应的信号。例如，当控制第一DPDT处于交叉导通状态，第二DPDT处于交 叉导通状态，第三DPDT处于交叉导通状态时，基于上述各个开关、天线以及电路之间的连接关系，可以将第一主集发射电路和第一主集接收电路连接至第三根天线，将第一分集接收电路连接至第四根天线。如此，本申请实施例可以通过在射频电路和天线之间连接多个简单的开关，以及通过对各个开关导通状态的控制，实现在多根天线中进行天线选择并传输第一类信号。In this embodiment of the present application, the first main set transmitting circuit, the first main set receiving circuit, and the first diversity receiving circuit can be respectively connected to the corresponding antennas through the respective conduction states of the three double-pole double-throw switches, thereby Corresponding signals are respectively transmitted and received through corresponding antennas. For example, when the first DPDT is controlled to be in a cross-conducting state, the second DPDT is in a cross-conducting state, and the third DPDT is in a cross-conducting state, based on the connection relationship between the switches, antennas, and circuits described above, the first DPDT can be The main set transmitting circuit and the first main set receiving circuit are connected to the third antenna, and the first diversity receiving circuit is connected to the fourth antenna. In this way, the embodiments of the present application can implement antenna selection among multiple antennas and transmit the first type of signals by connecting multiple simple switches between the radio frequency circuit and the antenna, and controlling the conduction state of each switch.
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述开关装置，具体用于：控制所述第一DPDT中的第一个P端口与第一个T端口导通、所述第一DPDT中的第二个P端口与第二个T端口导通、所述第二DPDT中的第一个P端口与第一个T端口导通、所述第二DPDT中的第二个P端口与第二个T端口导通、所述第三DPDT中的第一个P端口与第二个T端口导通、所述第三DPDT中的第二个P端口与第一个T端口导通；此时，所述第一主集发射电路和所述第一主集接收电路分别与所述第四根天线连接，所述第一分集接收电路与所述第一根天线连接，所述DP4T中的第二个T端口与所述第三根天线连接，所述DP4T中的第三个T端口与所述第二根天线连接；其中，所述第一主集发射电路，用于通过所述第四根天线发射所述第一主集发射信号；所述第一主集接收电路，用于通过所述第四根天线接收所述第一主集接收信号；所述第一分集接收电路，用于通过所述第一根天线接收所述第一分集接收信号。In a possible implementation manner, the switch device is specifically configured to: control the conduction between the first P port and the first T port in the first DPDT, and control the second port in the first DPDT to conduct The P port is connected to the second T port, the first P port of the second DPDT is connected to the first T port, the second P port of the second DPDT is connected to the second T port is turned on, the first P port in the third DPDT is connected with the second T port, and the second P port in the third DPDT is connected with the first T port; at this time, the The first main set transmitting circuit and the first main set receiving circuit are respectively connected to the fourth antenna, the first diversity receiving circuit is connected to the first antenna, and the second T in the DP4T The port is connected to the third antenna, and the third T port in the DP4T is connected to the second antenna; wherein, the first main set transmitting circuit is used for transmitting through the fourth antenna the first main set transmit signal; the first main set receiving circuit is used for receiving the first main set receiving signal through the fourth antenna; the first diversity receiving circuit is used for receiving the first main set receiving circuit through the The first antenna receives the first diversity received signal.
在本申请实施例中，可以通过三个双刀双掷开关各自的导通状态，使得第一主集发射电路、第一主集接收电路和第一分集接收电路分别与对应的天线连接，从而通过对应的天线分别发射和接收相应的信号。例如，当控制第一DPDT处于直通状态，第二DPDT处于直通状态，第三DPDT处于交叉导通状态时，基于上述各个开关、天线以及电路之间的连接关系，可以将第一主集发射电路和第一主集接收电路连接至第四根天线，将第一分集接收电路连接至第一根天线。如此，本申请实施例可以通过在射频电路和天线之间连接多个简单的开关，以及通过对各个开关导通状态的控制，实现在多根天线中进行天线选择并传输第一类信号。In this embodiment of the present application, the first main set transmitting circuit, the first main set receiving circuit, and the first diversity receiving circuit can be respectively connected to the corresponding antennas through the respective conduction states of the three double-pole double-throw switches, thereby Corresponding signals are respectively transmitted and received through corresponding antennas. For example, when the first DPDT is controlled to be in the pass-through state, the second DPDT is in the pass-through state, and the third DPDT is in the cross-conduction state, based on the connection relationship between the switches, antennas and circuits described above, the first main set transmitting circuit can be and the first main set receiving circuit is connected to the fourth antenna, and the first diversity receiving circuit is connected to the first antenna. In this way, the embodiments of the present application can implement antenna selection among multiple antennas and transmit the first type of signals by connecting multiple simple switches between the radio frequency circuit and the antenna, and controlling the conduction state of each switch.
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述开关装置，具体用于：控制所述第一DPDT中的第一个P端口与第一个T端口导通、所述第一DPDT中的第二个P端口与第二个T端口导通、所述第二DPDT中的第一个P端口与第二个T端口导通、所述第二DPDT中的第二个P端口与第一个T端口导通、所述第三DPDT中的第一个P端口与第二个T端口导通、所述第三DPDT中的第二个P端口与第一个T端口导通；此时，所述第一主集发射电路和所述第一主集接收电路分别与所述第四根天线连接，所述第一分集接收电路与所述第三根天线连接，所述DP4T中的第二个T端口与所述第一根天线连接，所述DP4T中的第三个T端口与所述第二根天线连接；其中，所述第一主集发射电路，用于通过所述第四根天线发射所述第一主集发射信号；所述第一主集接收电路，用于通过所述第四根天线接收所述第一主集接收信号；所述第一分集接收电路，用于通过所述第三根天线接收所述第一分集接收信号。In a possible implementation manner, the switch device is specifically configured to: control the conduction between the first P port and the first T port in the first DPDT, and control the second port in the first DPDT to conduct The P port is connected to the second T port, the first P port of the second DPDT is connected to the second T port, the second P port of the second DPDT is connected to the first T port is turned on, the first P port in the third DPDT is connected with the second T port, and the second P port in the third DPDT is connected with the first T port; at this time, the The first main set transmitting circuit and the first main set receiving circuit are respectively connected to the fourth antenna, the first diversity receiving circuit is connected to the third antenna, and the second T in the DP4T The port is connected with the first antenna, and the third T port in the DP4T is connected with the second antenna; wherein, the first main set transmitting circuit is used for transmitting through the fourth antenna the first main set transmit signal; the first main set receiving circuit is used for receiving the first main set receiving signal through the fourth antenna; the first diversity receiving circuit is used for receiving the first main set receiving circuit through the The third antenna receives the first diversity received signal.
在本申请实施例中，可以通过三个双刀双掷开关各自的导通状态，使得第一主集发射电路、第一主集接收电路和第一分集接收电路分别与对应的天线连接，从而通过对应的天线分别发射和接收相应的信号。例如，当控制第一DPDT处于直通状态，第二DPDT处于交叉导通状态，第三DPDT处于交叉导通状态时，基于上述各个开关、天线以及电路之间的连接关系，可以将第一主集发射电路和第一主集接收电路连接至第四根天线，将第一分集接收电路连接至第三根天线。如此，本申请实施例可以通过在射频电路和天线之间连接多个简单的开关，以及通过对各个开关导通状态的控制，实现在多根天线中进行天线选择并传输第一类信号。In this embodiment of the present application, the first main set transmitting circuit, the first main set receiving circuit, and the first diversity receiving circuit can be respectively connected to the corresponding antennas through the respective conduction states of the three double-pole double-throw switches, thereby Corresponding signals are respectively transmitted and received through corresponding antennas. For example, when the first DPDT is controlled to be in a straight-through state, the second DPDT is in a cross-conducted state, and the third DPDT is controlled to be in a cross-conducted state, based on the connection relationship between the switches, antennas, and circuits described above, the first main set The transmitting circuit and the first main set receiving circuit are connected to the fourth antenna, and the first diversity receiving circuit is connected to the third antenna. In this way, the embodiments of the present application can implement antenna selection among multiple antennas and transmit the first type of signals by connecting multiple simple switches between the radio frequency circuit and the antenna, and controlling the conduction state of each switch.
在一种可能的实施方式中，K等于4，所述开关装置，具体用于：当所述第二类信号需要通过所述第j根天线传输时，若所述第j根天线与所述第一分集接收电路连接，则控制所述第一SPDT的P端口与所述第一SPDT的第一个T端口导通，并控制所述DP4T的第一个P端口与所述DP4T的第一个T端口导通，将所述第二分集接收电路连接至所述第j根天线；或者，并控制所述DP4T的第二个P端口与所述DP4T的第一个T端口导通，将所述第二主集发射电路和所述第二主集接收电路连接至所述第j根天线；若所述第j根天线与所述第一主集发射电路和所述第一主集接收电路连接，则控制所述第二SPDT的P端口与所述第二SPDT的第一个T端口导通，并控制所述DP4T的第一个P端口与所述DP4T的第四个T端口导通，将所述第二分集接收电路连接至所述第j根天线；或者，并控制所述DP4T的第二个P端口与所述DP4T的第四个T端口导通，将所述第二主集发射电路和所述第二主集接收电路连接至所述第j根天线；所述第二主集发射电路，用于通过所述第j根天线发射所述第二主集发射信号；所述第二主集接收电路，用于通过所述第j根天线接收所述第二主集接收信号；所述第二分集接收电路，用于通过所述第j根天线接收所述第二分集接收信号。In a possible implementation manner, K is equal to 4, and the switching device is specifically configured to: when the second type signal needs to be transmitted through the jth antenna, if the jth antenna is connected to the jth antenna The first diversity receiving circuit is connected, then the P port of the first SPDT is controlled to be connected to the first T port of the first SPDT, and the first P port of the DP4T is controlled to be connected to the first T port of the DP4T. connect the second diversity receiving circuit to the jth antenna; or, control the second P port of the DP4T to conduct with the first T port of the DP4T, and connect the second P port of the DP4T to the first T port of the DP4T The second main set transmitting circuit and the second main set receiving circuit are connected to the jth antenna; if the jth antenna is connected to the first main set transmitting circuit and the first main set receiving circuit circuit connection, then control the P port of the second SPDT to conduct with the first T port of the second SPDT, and control the first P port of the DP4T to conduct with the fourth T port of the DP4T connect the second diversity receiving circuit to the jth antenna; or, control the second P port of the DP4T to conduct with the fourth T port of the DP4T to connect the second the main set transmission circuit and the second main set reception circuit are connected to the jth antenna; the second main set transmission circuit is used for transmitting the second main set transmission signal through the jth antenna; The second main set receiving circuit is used for receiving the second main set receiving signal through the jth antenna; the second diversity receiving circuit is used for receiving the second main set receiving signal through the jth antenna Diversity received signal.
在本申请实施例中，如上所述，当第一类信号对应的电路与天线系统内的任意天线连接时，若第二类信号需要通过同一天线进行传输，则可以导通双刀四掷开关和单刀双掷开关中对应的端口，通过合路器和第一类信号的导通线路，将第二类信号导通至同一天线进行传输。如此，可以在LTE选择任意天线进行信号传输时，保证NR控制器可以在4根天线上进行SRS轮发。In the embodiment of the present application, as described above, when the circuit corresponding to the first type of signal is connected to any antenna in the antenna system, if the second type of signal needs to be transmitted through the same antenna, the double-pole four-throw switch can be turned on And the corresponding port in the SPDT switch, through the combiner and the conduction line of the first type of signal, the second type of signal is conducted to the same antenna for transmission. In this way, when LTE selects any antenna for signal transmission, it can be ensured that the NR controller can perform SRS rotation on four antennas.
在一种可能的实施方式中，K等于4，所述开关装置，具体用于：当所述第二类信号需要通过第j’根天线传输时，若所述第j’根天线与所述DP4T的第二个T端口连接，则控制所述DP4T的第一个P端口与所述DP4T的第二个T端口导通，将所述第二分集接收电路连接至所述第j’根天线；或者，控制所述DP4T的第二个P端口与所述DP4T的第二个T端口导通，将所述第二主集发射电路和所述第二主集接收电路连接至所述第j’根天线；若所述第j’根天线与所述DP4T的第三个T端口连接，则控制所述DP4T的第一个P端口与所述DP4T的第三个T端口导通，将所述第二分集接收电路连接至所述第j’根天线；或者，控制所述DP4T的第二个P端口与所述DP4T的第三个T端口导通，将所述第二主集发射电路和所述第二主集接收电路连接至所述第j’根天线；所述第二主集发射电路，用于通过所述第j’根天线发射所述第二主集发射信号；所述第二主集接收电路，用于通过所述第j’根天线接收所述第二主集接收信号；所述第二分集接收电路，用于通过所述第j’根天线接收所述第二分集接收信号。In a possible implementation manner, K is equal to 4, and the switching device is specifically configured to: when the second type signal needs to be transmitted through the j'th antenna, if the j'th antenna is connected to the The second T port of the DP4T is connected, then the first P port of the DP4T is controlled to conduct with the second T port of the DP4T, and the second diversity receiving circuit is connected to the j'th antenna Or, control the second P port of the DP4T to conduct with the second T port of the DP4T, and connect the second main set transmitting circuit and the second main set receiving circuit to the jth 'Antenna; if the j'th antenna is connected to the third T port of the DP4T, the first P port of the DP4T is controlled to be connected to the third T port of the DP4T, and the The second diversity receiving circuit is connected to the j'th antenna; or, the second P port of the DP4T is controlled to conduct with the third T port of the DP4T, and the second main set transmitting circuit is connected to and the second main set receiving circuit is connected to the j'th antenna; the second main set transmission circuit is configured to transmit the second main set transmit signal through the j'th antenna; the The second main set receiving circuit is used for receiving the second main set receiving signal through the j'th antenna; the second diversity receiving circuit is used for receiving the second main set receiving signal through the j'th antenna Diversity received signal.
在本申请实施例中，如上所述，当第一类信号对应的电路与天线系统内的任意天线连接时，若第二类信号需要通过其他天线进行传输，则可以导通双刀四掷开关中与对应的双刀双掷开关连接的端口，该对应的双刀双掷开关为与该其他天线连接的双刀双掷开关，从而可以将第二类信号导通至该其他天线进行传输。如此，可以在LTE选择任意天线进行信号传输时，保证NR控制器可以在4根天线上进行SRS轮发。In the embodiment of the present application, as described above, when the circuit corresponding to the first type of signal is connected to any antenna in the antenna system, if the second type of signal needs to be transmitted through other antennas, the double-pole four-throw switch can be turned on A port connected to a corresponding double-pole double-throw switch in the middle, the corresponding double-pole double-throw switch is a double-pole double-throw switch connected to the other antenna, so that the second type of signal can be conducted to the other antenna for transmission. In this way, when LTE selects any antenna for signal transmission, it can be ensured that the NR controller can perform SRS rotation on four antennas.
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述K根天线均为支持长期演进LTE频段以及5G新空口NR频段的天线。In a possible implementation manner, the K antennas are all antennas that support the long-term evolution LTE frequency band and the 5G new air interface NR frequency band.
相应的，所述第一主集发射电路为LTE主集发射电路，所述第一主集接收电路为LTE主集接收电路，所述第一分集接收电路为LTE分集接收电路；所述第二主集发射电路为NR主集发射电路，所述第二主集接收电路为NR主集接收电路，所述第二分集接收电路为NR分集接收电路；所述第一主集发射信号为LTE主集发射信号，所述第一主集接收信号为LTE主 集接收信号，所述第一分集接收信号为LTE分集接收信号；所述第二主集发射信号为NR主集发射信号(或者说探测参考信号SRS)，所述第二主集接收信号为NR主集接收信号，所述第二分集接收信号为NR分集接收信号。Correspondingly, the first main set transmitting circuit is an LTE main set transmitting circuit, the first main set receiving circuit is an LTE main set receiving circuit, the first diversity receiving circuit is an LTE diversity receiving circuit; the second main set receiving circuit is an LTE diversity receiving circuit; The main transmission circuit is an NR main transmission circuit, the second main reception circuit is an NR main reception circuit, and the second diversity reception circuit is an NR diversity reception circuit; the first main transmission signal is an LTE main transmission circuit. set transmit signals, the first main set receive signal is the LTE main set receive signal, the first diversity receive signal is the LTE diversity receive signal; the second main set transmit signal is the NR main set transmit signal (or detection Reference signal SRS), the second main set received signal is an NR main set received signal, and the second diversity received signal is an NR diversity received signal.
在本申请实施例中，上述多根天线均为支持LTE频段以及5G NR频段的天线，从而使得LTE系统和NR系统可以共用一个天线系统，并保证LTE信号可以在多根天线间进行天线选择并传输，以及保证NR的SRS可以在多根天线间实现轮发，大大减少了天线数量，从而减少了电路面积和生产成本。In the embodiment of the present application, the above-mentioned multiple antennas are all antennas that support the LTE frequency band and the 5G NR frequency band, so that the LTE system and the NR system can share one antenna system, and it is ensured that the LTE signal can be selected among the multiple antennas. The transmission, as well as the SRS guaranteeing NR, can be implemented in rotation among multiple antennas, which greatly reduces the number of antennas, thereby reducing the circuit area and production cost.
第二方面，本申请实施例提供了一种通信方法，应用于通信设备，所述通信设备包括天线系统和开关装置，所述天线系统包括K根天线；所述开关装置包括N+X个第一端口、K+N个第二端口和N个合路器；其中，所述K+N个第二端口中的K个第二端口分别与所述K根天线一一连接；所述K+N个第二端口中的N个第二端口分别与所述N个合路器各自的第一输入端一一连接；所述N个合路器各自的输出端分别与所述N+X个第一端口中的N个第一端口一一连接；N、X、K为大于或者等于1的整数；所述方法包括：通过所述开关装置，导通所述N个第一端口中的第i个第一端口与所述K个第二端口中的第j个第二端口，并通过对应的第j根天线传输第一类信号；i为大于或者等于1，且小于或者等于N的整数，j为大于或者等于1，且小于或者等于K的整数；通过所述开关装置，当第二类信号需要通过所述第j根天线传输时，导通所述X个第一端口中的第s个第一端口与所述N个第二端口中的第i个第二端口，经由与所述第i个第二端口连接的第i个合路器，以及与所述第i个合路器连接的所述第i个第一端口，将所述第s个第一端口导通至所述第j个第二端口，并通过所述第j根天线传输所述第二类信号；s为大于或者等于1，且小于或者等于X的整数。In a second aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, which is applied to a communication device, where the communication device includes an antenna system and a switch device, the antenna system includes K antennas; the switch device includes N+Xth antennas One port, K+N second ports and N combiners; wherein, K second ports in the K+N second ports are respectively connected to the K antennas one by one; the K+ The N second ports of the N second ports are respectively connected to the respective first input terminals of the N combiners; the respective output terminals of the N combiners are respectively connected to the N+X The N first ports in the first ports are connected one by one; N, X, and K are integers greater than or equal to 1; the method includes: turning on the first ports of the N first ports through the switch device. The i first ports and the jth second port among the K second ports transmit the first type signal through the corresponding jth antenna; i is an integer greater than or equal to 1 and less than or equal to N , j is an integer greater than or equal to 1 and less than or equal to K; through the switching device, when the second type signal needs to be transmitted through the jth antenna, the first port of the X first ports is turned on s first ports and the i-th second port of the N second ports, via the i-th combiner connected to the i-th second port, and the i-th combiner the i-th first port connected with the device, conducts the s-th first port to the j-th second port, and transmits the second-type signal through the j-th antenna; s is an integer greater than or equal to 1 and less than or equal to X.
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述方法还包括：通过所述开关装置，当所述第二类信号需要通过第j’根天线传输时，导通所述X个第一端口中的第s个第一端口与所述K个第二端口中的第j’个第二端口，并通过对应的第j’根天线传输所述第二类信号；j’为大于或者等于1，且小于或者等于K的整数，j不等于j’。In a possible implementation manner, the method further includes: by using the switching device, when the second type signal needs to be transmitted through the j'th antenna, turning on the first port of the X first ports. The j'th second port among the s first ports and the K second ports transmits the second type signal through the corresponding j'th antenna; j' is greater than or equal to 1 and less than Or an integer equal to K, j not equal to j'.
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述开关装置包括第一双刀双掷开关DPDT、第二DPDT、第三DPDT和双刀四掷开关DP4T；所述N个第一端口包括第一所述DPDT的两个P端口；所述X个第一端口包括所述DP4T中的两个P端口；所述K个第二端口包括所述第二DPDT中的两个T端口和所述第三DPDT中的两个T端口；所述N个第二端口包括所述DP4T中的两个T端口。In a possible implementation manner, the switch device includes a first double-pole double-throw switch DPDT, a second DPDT, a third DPDT and a double-pole four-throw switch DP4T; the N first ports include the first Two P ports of a DPDT; the X first ports include two P ports in the DP4T; the K second ports include two T ports in the second DPDT and the third DPDT The two T ports in the DP4T; the N second ports include the two T ports in the DP4T.
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述第一DPDT、所述第二DPDT和所述第三DPDT中均包括第一个P端口、第二个P端口、第一个T端口和第二个T端口；所述DP4T中包括第一个P端口、第二个P端口、第一个T端口、第二个T端口、第三个T端口和第四个T端口；所述第一DPDT的第一个T端口与所述第二DPDT的第一个P端口连接；所述第二DPDT的第一个T端口与所述K根天线中的第一根天线连接；所述第一DPDT的第二个T端口与所述第三DPDT的第一个P端口连接；所述第三DPDT的第一个T端口与所述K根天线中的第二根天线连接；所述DP4T的第二个T端口与所述第二DPDT的第二个P端口连接；所述第二DPDT的第二个T端口与所述K根天线中的第三根天线连接；所述DP4T的第三个T端口与所述第三DPDT的第二个P端口连接；所述第三DPDT的第二个T端口与所述K根天线中的第四根天线连接。In a possible implementation manner, each of the first DPDT, the second DPDT and the third DPDT includes a first P-port, a second P-port, a first T-port and a second T port; the DP4T includes the first P port, the second P port, the first T port, the second T port, the third T port and the fourth T port; The first T port is connected to the first P port of the second DPDT; the first T port of the second DPDT is connected to the first antenna of the K antennas; The second T port is connected to the first P port of the third DPDT; the first T port of the third DPDT is connected to the second antenna of the K antennas; the second antenna of the DP4T The second T port of the second DPDT is connected to the second P port of the second DPDT; the second T port of the second DPDT is connected to the third antenna of the K antennas; the third T of the DP4T The port is connected to the second P port of the third DPDT; the second T port of the third DPDT is connected to the fourth antenna among the K antennas.
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述通信设备还包括射频电路，所述射频电路包括第一类电路和第二类电路；所述第一类电路包括第一主集发射电路、第一主集接收电路和第一分集接收电路；所述第二类电路包括第二主集发射电路、第二主集接收电路和第二分集接收电路；所述N个合路器包括第一合路器和第二合路器；其中，所述第一分集接收电路与所述第一合路器的第二输入端连接；所述第一主集发射电路和所述第一主集接收电路与所述第二合路器的第二输入端连接；所述第二分集接收电路与所述DP4T的第一个P端口连接；所述第二主集发射电路和所述第二主集接收电路与所述DP4T的第二个P端口连接。In a possible implementation manner, the communication device further includes a radio frequency circuit, and the radio frequency circuit includes a first type of circuit and a second type of circuit; the first type of circuit includes a first main set transmitting circuit, a first main A set receiving circuit and a first diversity receiving circuit; the second type of circuit includes a second main set transmitting circuit, a second main set receiving circuit and a second diversity receiving circuit; the N combiners include a first combiner and a second combiner; wherein, the first diversity receiving circuit is connected to the second input end of the first combiner; the first main set transmitting circuit and the first main set receiving circuit are connected to the The second input end of the second combiner is connected; the second diversity receiving circuit is connected to the first P port of the DP4T; the second main set transmitting circuit and the second main set receiving circuit are connected with The second P port of the DP4T is connected.
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述第一类信号包括第一主集发射信号、第一主集接收信号和第一分集接收信号；所述第二类信号包括第二主集发射信号、第二主集接收信号和第二分集接收信号；所述第一合路器和所述第二合路器的所述第一输入端为高频端，所述第一合路器和所述第二合路器的所述第二输入端为低频端。In a possible implementation manner, the first type of signal includes a first main set transmit signal, a first main set receive signal and a first diversity receive signal; the second type of signal includes a second main set transmit signal, The second main set received signal and the second diversity received signal; the first input ends of the first combiner and the second combiner are high-frequency ends, the first combiner and the The second input end of the second combiner is a low frequency end.
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述开关装置还包括：第一单刀双掷开关SPDT和第二SPDT；所述第一SPDT和所述第二SPDT中均包括P端口、第一个T端口和第二个T端口；其中，所述DP4T的第一个T端口与所述第一SPDT的第一个T端口连接；所述第一SPDT的P端口与所述第一合路器的第一输入端连接；所述第一个合路器的输出端与所述第一DPDT的第一个P端口连接；所述DP4T的第四个T端口与所述第二SPDT的第一个T端口连接；所述第二SPDT的P端口与所述第二个合路器的第一输入端连接；所述第二个合路器的输出端与所述第一DPDT的第二个P端口连接。In a possible implementation manner, the switch device further includes: a first single-pole double-throw switch SPDT and a second SPDT; both the first SPDT and the second SPDT include a P port and a first T port and the second T port; wherein, the first T port of the DP4T is connected to the first T port of the first SPDT; the P port of the first SPDT is connected to the first T port of the first combiner An input terminal is connected; the output terminal of the first combiner is connected to the first P port of the first DPDT; the fourth T port of the DP4T is connected to the first T port of the second SPDT port connection; the P port of the second SPDT is connected to the first input end of the second combiner; the output end of the second combiner is connected to the second P port of the first DPDT connect.
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述通过所述开关装置，导通所述N个第一端口中的第i个第一端口与所述K个第二端口中的第j个第二端口，并通过对应的第j根天线传输第一类信号，包括：通过所述开关装置，控制所述第一DPDT中的第一个P端口与第二个T端口导通、所述第一DPDT中的第二个P端口与第一个T端口导通、所述第二DPDT中的第一个P端口与第一个T端口导通、所述第二DPDT中的第二个P端口与第二个T端口导通、所述第三DPDT中的第一个P端口与第一个T端口导通、所述第三DPDT中的第二个P端口与第二个T端口导通；此时，所述第一主集发射电路和所述第一主集接收电路分别与所述第一根天线连接，所述第一分集接收电路与所述第二根天线连接，所述DP4T中的第二个T端口与所述第三根天线连接，所述DP4T中的第三个T端口与所述第四根天线连接；通过所述第一主集发射电路，经由所述第一根天线发射所述第一主集发射信号；通过所述第一主集接收电路，经由所述第一根天线接收所述第一主集接收信号；通过所述第一分集接收电路，经由所述第二根天线接收所述第一分集接收信号。In a possible implementation manner, the switching device is used to turn on the i-th first port among the N first ports and the j-th second port among the K second ports. , and transmit the first type signal through the corresponding jth antenna, including: controlling the first P port and the second T port in the first DPDT to conduct through the switching device, and the first DPDT The second P port in the second DPDT is connected with the first T port, the first P port in the second DPDT is connected with the first T port, and the second P port in the second DPDT The second T port is turned on, the first P port in the third DPDT is turned on with the first T port, and the second P port in the third DPDT is turned on with the second T port; At this time, the first main set transmitting circuit and the first main set receiving circuit are respectively connected with the first antenna, the first diversity receiving circuit is connected with the second antenna, and in the DP4T The second T port of the DP4T is connected with the third antenna, and the third T port in the DP4T is connected with the fourth antenna; through the first main set transmitting circuit, through the first antenna The antenna transmits the first main set transmit signal; the first main set receive circuit receives the first main set receive signal via the first antenna; the first diversity receive circuit receives the first main set receive signal The second antenna receives the first diversity received signal.
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述通过所述开关装置，导通所述N个第一端口中的第i个第一端口与所述K个第二端口中的第j个第二端口，并通过对应的第j根天线传输第一类信号，包括：通过所述开关装置，控制所述第一DPDT中的第一个P端口与第二个T端口导通、所述第一DPDT中的第二个P端口与第一个T端口导通、所述第二DPDT中的第一个P端口与第一个T端口导通、所述第二DPDT中的第二个P端口与第二个T端口导通、所述第三DPDT中的第一个P端口与第二个T端口导通、所述第三DPDT中的第二个P端口与第一个T端口导通；此时，所述第一主集发射电路和所述第一主集接收电路分别与所述第一根天线连接，所述第一分集接收电路与所述第四根天线连接，所述DP4T中的第二个T端口与所述第三根天线连接，所述DP4T中的第三个T端口与所述第二根天线连接；通过所述第一主集发射电路，经由所述第一根天线发射所述第一主集发射信号；通过所述第一主集接收电路， 经由所述第一根天线接收所述第一主集接收信号；通过所述第一分集接收电路，经由所述第四根天线接收所述第一分集接收信号。In a possible implementation manner, the switching device is used to turn on the i-th first port among the N first ports and the j-th second port among the K second ports. , and transmit the first type signal through the corresponding jth antenna, including: controlling the first P port and the second T port in the first DPDT to conduct through the switching device, and the first DPDT The second P port in the second DPDT is connected with the first T port, the first P port in the second DPDT is connected with the first T port, and the second P port in the second DPDT The second T port is turned on, the first P port in the third DPDT is turned on with the second T port, and the second P port in the third DPDT is turned on with the first T port; At this time, the first main set transmitting circuit and the first main set receiving circuit are respectively connected to the first antenna, the first diversity receiving circuit is connected to the fourth antenna, and the DP4T The second T port of the DP4T is connected with the third antenna, and the third T port in the DP4T is connected with the second antenna; through the first main set transmitting circuit, through the first antenna The antenna transmits the first main set transmit signal; the first main set receiving circuit receives the first main set receive signal via the first antenna; and the first diversity receiving circuit receives the first main set receive signal The fourth antenna receives the first diversity received signal.
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述通过所述开关装置，导通所述N个第一端口中的第i个第一端口与所述K个第二端口中的第j个第二端口，并通过对应的第j根天线传输第一类信号，包括：通过所述开关装置，控制所述第一DPDT中的第一个P端口与第一个T端口导通、所述第一DPDT中的第二个P端口与第二个T端口导通、所述第二DPDT中的第一个P端口与第一个T端口导通、所述第二DPDT中的第二个P端口与第二个T端口导通、所述第三DPDT中的第一个P端口与第一个T端口导通、所述第三DPDT中的第二个P端口与第二个T端口导通；此时，所述第一主集发射电路和所述第一主集接收电路分别与所述第二根天线连接，所述第一分集接收电路与所述第一根天线连接，所述DP4T中的第二个T端口与所述第三根天线连接，所述DP4T中的第三个T端口与所述第四根天线连接；通过所述第一主集发射电路，经由所述第二根天线发射所述第一主集发射信号；通过所述第一主集接收电路，经由所述第二根天线接收所述第一主集接收信号；通过所述第一分集接收电路，经由所述第一根天线接收所述第一分集接收信号。In a possible implementation manner, the switching device is used to turn on the i-th first port among the N first ports and the j-th second port among the K second ports. , and transmit the first type of signal through the corresponding jth antenna, including: controlling the first P port and the first T port in the first DPDT to conduct through the switching device, and the first DPDT The second P port in the second DPDT is connected with the second T port, the first P port in the second DPDT is connected with the first T port, and the second P port in the second DPDT The second T port is turned on, the first P port in the third DPDT is turned on with the first T port, and the second P port in the third DPDT is turned on with the second T port; At this time, the first main set transmitting circuit and the first main set receiving circuit are respectively connected to the second antenna, the first diversity receiving circuit is connected to the first antenna, and the DP4T The second T port of the DP4T is connected with the third antenna, and the third T port in the DP4T is connected with the fourth antenna; through the first main set transmitting circuit, through the second antenna The antenna transmits the first main set transmit signal; the first main set receive circuit receives the first main set receive signal via the second antenna; the first diversity receive circuit receives the first main set receive signal The first antenna receives the first diversity received signal.
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述通过所述开关装置，导通所述N个第一端口中的第i个第一端口与所述K个第二端口中的第j个第二端口，并通过对应的第j根天线传输第一类信号，包括：通过所述开关装置，控制所述第一DPDT中的第一个P端口与第一个T端口导通、所述第一DPDT中的第二个P端口与第二个T端口导通、所述第二DPDT中的第一个P端口与第二个T端口导通、所述第二DPDT中的第二个P端口与第一个T端口导通、所述第三DPDT中的第一个P端口与第一个T端口导通、所述第三DPDT中的第二个P端口与第二个T端口导通；此时，所述第一主集发射电路和所述第一主集接收电路分别与所述第二根天线连接，所述第一分集接收电路与所述第三根天线连接，所述DP4T中的第二个T端口与所述第一根天线连接，所述DP4T中的第三个T端口与所述第四根天线连接；通过所述第一主集发射电路，经由所述第二根天线发射所述第一主集发射信号；通过所述第一主集接收电路，经由所述第二根天线接收所述第一主集接收信号；通过所述第一分集接收电路，经由所述第三根天线接收所述第一分集接收信号。In a possible implementation manner, the switching device is used to turn on the i-th first port among the N first ports and the j-th second port among the K second ports. , and transmit the first type of signal through the corresponding jth antenna, including: controlling the first P port and the first T port in the first DPDT to conduct through the switching device, and the first DPDT The second P port in the second DPDT is connected with the second T port, the first P port in the second DPDT is connected with the second T port, and the second P port in the second DPDT The first T port is conductive, the first P port in the third DPDT is conductive with the first T port, and the second P port in the third DPDT is conductive with the second T port; At this time, the first main set transmitting circuit and the first main set receiving circuit are respectively connected to the second antenna, the first diversity receiving circuit is connected to the third antenna, and the DP4T The second T port of the DP4T is connected with the first antenna, and the third T port in the DP4T is connected with the fourth antenna; through the first main set transmitting circuit, through the second antenna The antenna transmits the first main set transmit signal; the first main set receive circuit receives the first main set receive signal via the second antenna; the first diversity receive circuit receives the first main set receive signal The third antenna receives the first diversity received signal.
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述通过所述开关装置，导通所述N个第一端口中的第i个第一端口与所述K个第二端口中的第j个第二端口，并通过对应的第j根天线传输第一类信号，包括：通过所述开关装置，控制所述第一DPDT中的第一个P端口与第二个T端口导通、所述第一DPDT中的第二个P端口与第一个T端口导通、所述第二DPDT中的第一个P端口与第二个T端口导通、所述第二DPDT中的第二个P端口与第一个T端口导通、所述第三DPDT中的第一个P端口与第一个T端口导通、所述第三DPDT中的第二个P端口与第二个T端口导通；此时，所述第一主集发射电路和所述第一主集接收电路分别与所述第三根天线连接，所述第一分集接收电路与所述第二根天线连接，所述DP4T中的第二个T端口与所述第一根天线连接，所述DP4T中的第三个T端口与所述第四根天线连接；通过所述第一主集发射电路，经由所述第三根天线发射所述第一主集发射信号；通过所述第一主集接收电路，经由所述第三根天线接收所述第一主集接收信号；通过所述第一分集接收电路，经由所述第二根天线接收所述第一分集接收信号。In a possible implementation manner, the switching device is used to turn on the i-th first port among the N first ports and the j-th second port among the K second ports. , and transmit the first type signal through the corresponding jth antenna, including: controlling the first P port and the second T port in the first DPDT to conduct through the switching device, and the first DPDT The second P port in the second DPDT is connected with the first T port, the first P port in the second DPDT is connected with the second T port, and the second P port in the second DPDT The first T port is conductive, the first P port in the third DPDT is conductive with the first T port, and the second P port in the third DPDT is conductive with the second T port; At this time, the first main set transmitting circuit and the first main set receiving circuit are respectively connected to the third antenna, the first diversity receiving circuit is connected to the second antenna, and the DP4T The second T port of the DP4T is connected with the first antenna, and the third T port in the DP4T is connected with the fourth antenna; through the first main set transmitting circuit, through the third antenna The antenna transmits the first main set transmit signal; the first main set receiving circuit receives the first main set receive signal via the third antenna; and the first diversity receiving circuit receives the first main set receive signal via the The second antenna receives the first diversity received signal.
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述通过所述开关装置，导通所述N个第一端口中的第i个第一端口与所述K个第二端口中的第j个第二端口，并通过对应的第j根天线传输第一类信 号，包括：通过所述开关装置，控制所述第一DPDT中的第一个P端口与第二个T端口导通、所述第一DPDT中的第二个P端口与第一个T端口导通、所述第二DPDT中的第一个P端口与第二个T端口导通、所述第二DPDT中的第二个P端口与第一个T端口导通、所述第三DPDT中的第一个P端口与第二个T端口导通、所述第三DPDT中的第二个P端口与第一个T端口导通；此时，所述第一主集发射电路和所述第一主集接收电路分别与所述第三根天线连接，所述第一分集接收电路与所述第四根天线连接，所述DP4T中的第二个T端口与所述第一根天线连接，所述DP4T中的第三个T端口与所述第二根天线连接；通过所述第一主集发射电路，经由所述第三根天线发射所述第一主集发射信号；通过所述第一主集接收电路，经由所述第三根天线接收所述第一主集接收信号；通过所述第一分集接收电路，经由所述第四根天线接收所述第一分集接收信号。In a possible implementation manner, the switching device is used to turn on the i-th first port among the N first ports and the j-th second port among the K second ports. , and transmit the first type signal through the corresponding jth antenna, including: controlling the first P port and the second T port in the first DPDT to conduct through the switching device, and the first DPDT The second P port in the second DPDT is connected with the first T port, the first P port in the second DPDT is connected with the second T port, and the second P port in the second DPDT The first T port is turned on, the first P port in the third DPDT is turned on with the second T port, and the second P port in the third DPDT is turned on with the first T port; At this time, the first main set transmitting circuit and the first main set receiving circuit are respectively connected to the third antenna, the first diversity receiving circuit is connected to the fourth antenna, and the DP4T The second T port of the DP4T is connected with the first antenna, and the third T port in the DP4T is connected with the second antenna; through the first main set transmitting circuit, through the third antenna The antenna transmits the first main set transmit signal; the first main set receiving circuit receives the first main set receive signal via the third antenna; and the first diversity receiving circuit receives the first main set receive signal via the The fourth antenna receives the first diversity received signal.
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述通过所述开关装置，导通所述N个第一端口中的第i个第一端口与所述K个第二端口中的第j个第二端口，并通过对应的第j根天线传输第一类信号，包括：通过所述开关装置，控制所述第一DPDT中的第一个P端口与第一个T端口导通、所述第一DPDT中的第二个P端口与第二个T端口导通、所述第二DPDT中的第一个P端口与第一个T端口导通、所述第二DPDT中的第二个P端口与第二个T端口导通、所述第三DPDT中的第一个P端口与第二个T端口导通、所述第三DPDT中的第二个P端口与第一个T端口导通；此时，所述第一主集发射电路和所述第一主集接收电路分别与所述第四根天线连接，所述第一分集接收电路与所述第一根天线连接，所述DP4T中的第二个T端口与所述第三根天线连接，所述DP4T中的第三个T端口与所述第二根天线连接；通过所述第一主集发射电路，经由所述第四根天线发射所述第一主集发射信号；通过所述第一主集接收电路，经由所述第四根天线接收所述第一主集接收信号；通过所述第一分集接收电路，经由所述第一根天线接收所述第一分集接收信号。In a possible implementation manner, the switching device is used to turn on the i-th first port among the N first ports and the j-th second port among the K second ports. , and transmit the first type of signal through the corresponding jth antenna, including: controlling the first P port and the first T port in the first DPDT to conduct through the switching device, and the first DPDT The second P port in the second DPDT is connected with the second T port, the first P port in the second DPDT is connected with the first T port, and the second P port in the second DPDT The second T port is turned on, the first P port in the third DPDT is turned on with the second T port, and the second P port in the third DPDT is turned on with the first T port; At this time, the first main set transmitting circuit and the first main set receiving circuit are respectively connected to the fourth antenna, the first diversity receiving circuit is connected to the first antenna, and the DP4T The second T port of the DP4T is connected with the third antenna, and the third T port in the DP4T is connected with the second antenna; through the first main set transmitting circuit, through the fourth antenna The antenna transmits the first main set transmit signal; the first main set receiving circuit receives the first main set receive signal via the fourth antenna; and the first diversity receiving circuit receives the first main set receive signal via the The first antenna receives the first diversity received signal.
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述通过所述开关装置，导通所述N个第一端口中的第i个第一端口与所述K个第二端口中的第j个第二端口，并通过对应的第j根天线传输第一类信号，包括：通过所述开关装置，控制所述第一DPDT中的第一个P端口与第一个T端口导通、所述第一DPDT中的第二个P端口与第二个T端口导通、所述第二DPDT中的第一个P端口与第二个T端口导通、所述第二DPDT中的第二个P端口与第一个T端口导通、所述第三DPDT中的第一个P端口与第二个T端口导通、所述第三DPDT中的第二个P端口与第一个T端口导通；此时，所述第一主集发射电路和所述第一主集接收电路分别与所述第四根天线连接，所述第一分集接收电路与所述第三根天线连接，所述DP4T中的第二个T端口与所述第一根天线连接，所述DP4T中的第三个T端口与所述第二根天线连接；通过所述第一主集发射电路，经由所述第四根天线发射所述第一主集发射信号；通过所述第一主集接收电路，经由所述第四根天线接收所述第一主集接收信号；通过所述第一分集接收电路，经由所述第三根天线接收所述第一分集接收信号。In a possible implementation manner, the switching device is used to turn on the i-th first port among the N first ports and the j-th second port among the K second ports. , and transmit the first type of signal through the corresponding jth antenna, including: controlling the first P port and the first T port in the first DPDT to conduct through the switching device, and the first DPDT The second P port in the second DPDT is connected with the second T port, the first P port in the second DPDT is connected with the second T port, and the second P port in the second DPDT The first T port is turned on, the first P port in the third DPDT is turned on with the second T port, and the second P port in the third DPDT is turned on with the first T port; At this time, the first main set transmitting circuit and the first main set receiving circuit are respectively connected to the fourth antenna, the first diversity receiving circuit is connected to the third antenna, and the DP4T The second T port of the DP4T is connected with the first antenna, and the third T port in the DP4T is connected with the second antenna; through the first main set transmitting circuit, through the fourth antenna The antenna transmits the first main set transmit signal; the first main set receiving circuit receives the first main set receive signal via the fourth antenna; and the first diversity receiving circuit receives the first main set receive signal via the The third antenna receives the first diversity received signal.
在一种可能的实施方式中，其特征在于，K等于4；所述通过所述开关装置，当第二类信号需要通过所述第j根天线传输时，导通所述X个第一端口中的第s个第一端口与所述N个第二端口中的第i个第二端口，经由与所述第i个第二端口连接的第i个合路器，以及与所述第i个合路器连接的所述第i个第一端口，将所述第s个第一端口导通至所述第j个第二端口，并通过所述第j根天线传输所述第二类信号，包括：通过所述开关装置，当所述第二类信号需要通过所述第j根天线传输时，若所述第j根天线与所述第一分集接收电路连接，则控 制所述第一SPDT的P端口与所述第一SPDT的第一个T端口导通，并控制所述DP4T的第一个P端口与所述DP4T的第一个T端口导通，将所述第二分集接收电路连接至所述第j根天线；或者，并控制所述DP4T的第二个P端口与所述DP4T的第一个T端口导通，将所述第二主集发射电路和所述第二主集接收电路连接至所述第j根天线；若所述第j根天线与所述第一主集发射电路和所述第一主集接收电路连接，则控制所述第二SPDT的P端口与所述第二SPDT的第一个T端口导通，并控制所述DP4T的第一个P端口与所述DP4T的第四个T端口导通，将所述第二分集接收电路连接至所述第j根天线；或者，并控制所述DP4T的第二个P端口与所述DP4T的第四个T端口导通，将所述第二主集发射电路和所述第二主集接收电路连接至所述第j根天线；通过所述第二主集发射电路，经由所述第j根天线发射所述第二主集发射信号；通过所述第二主集接收电路，经由所述第j根天线接收所述第二主集接收信号；通过所述第二分集接收电路，经由所述第j根天线接收所述第二分集接收信号。In a possible implementation manner, it is characterized in that K is equal to 4; the switching device, when the second type signal needs to be transmitted through the jth antenna, the X first ports are turned on The s th first port in and the ith second port of the N second ports, via the ith combiner connected with the ith second port, and the ith second port connected with the ith second port the i-th first port connected to the combiner, conducts the s-th first port to the j-th second port, and transmits the second type through the j-th antenna The signal includes: through the switching device, when the second type signal needs to be transmitted through the jth antenna, if the jth antenna is connected to the first diversity receiving circuit, controlling the jth antenna The P port of a SPDT is connected to the first T port of the first SPDT, and the first P port of the DP4T is controlled to be connected to the first T port of the DP4T, and the second diversity The receiving circuit is connected to the jth antenna; or, the second P port of the DP4T is controlled to be connected to the first T port of the DP4T, and the second main set transmitting circuit and the first T port are connected. The second main set receiving circuit is connected to the jth antenna; if the jth antenna is connected to the first main set transmitting circuit and the first main set receiving circuit, the P of the second SPDT is controlled The port is connected to the first T port of the second SPDT, and the first P port of the DP4T is controlled to be connected to the fourth T port of the DP4T, and the second diversity receiving circuit is connected to the jth antenna; or, and control the second P port of the DP4T to conduct with the fourth T port of the DP4T, and receive the second main set transmitting circuit and the second main set The circuit is connected to the jth antenna; through the second master set transmission circuit, the second master set transmission signal is transmitted through the jth antenna; through the second master set receiving circuit, through the The jth antenna receives the second main set received signal; the second diversity receive signal is received through the jth antenna through the second diversity receiving circuit.
在一种可能的实施方式中，其特征在于，K等于4；所述通过所述开关装置，当所述第二类信号需要通过第j’根天线传输时，导通所述X个第一端口中的第s个第一端口与所述K个第二端口中的第j’个第二端口，并通过对应的第j’根天线传输所述第二类信号，包括：通过所述开关装置，当所述第二类信号需要通过第j’根天线传输时，若所述第j’根天线与所述DP4T的第二个T端口连接，则控制所述DP4T的第一个P端口与所述DP4T的第二个T端口导通，将所述第二分集接收电路连接至所述第j’根天线；或者，控制所述DP4T的第二个P端口与所述DP4T的第二个T端口导通，将所述第二主集发射电路和所述第二主集接收电路连接至所述第j’根天线；若所述第j’根天线与所述DP4T的第三个T端口连接，则控制所述DP4T的第一个P端口与所述DP4T的第三个T端口导通，将所述第二分集接收电路连接至所述第j’根天线；或者，控制所述DP4T的第二个P端口与所述DP4T的第三个T端口导通，将所述第二主集发射电路和所述第二主集接收电路连接至所述第j’根天线；通过所述第二主集发射电路，经由所述第j’根天线发射所述第二主集发射信号；通过所述第二主集接收电路，经由所述第j’根天线接收所述第二主集接收信号；通过所述第二分集接收电路，经由所述第j’根天线接收所述第二分集接收信号。In a possible implementation manner, it is characterized in that, K is equal to 4; when the second type signal needs to be transmitted through the j'th antenna through the switching device, the X first antennas are turned on The sth first port in the ports and the j'th second port in the K second ports, and transmitting the second type signal through the corresponding j'th antenna, including: passing the switch The device, when the second type of signal needs to be transmitted through the j'th antenna, if the j'th antenna is connected to the second T port of the DP4T, control the first P port of the DP4T Conducting with the second T port of the DP4T, and connecting the second diversity receiving circuit to the j'th antenna; or, controlling the second P port of the DP4T and the second P port of the DP4T The T ports are turned on, and the second main set transmitting circuit and the second main set receiving circuit are connected to the j'th antenna; if the j'th antenna is connected to the third antenna of the DP4T If the T port is connected, control the first P port of the DP4T to conduct with the third T port of the DP4T, and connect the second diversity receiving circuit to the j'th antenna; or, control the The second P port of the DP4T is connected to the third T port of the DP4T, and the second main set transmitting circuit and the second main set receiving circuit are connected to the j'th antenna; The second main set transmission circuit transmits the second main set transmission signal through the j'th antenna; the second main set receiving circuit receives the second main set transmission signal through the j'th antenna The main set receives a signal; the second diversity receive signal is received through the j'th antenna through the second diversity receiving circuit.
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述K根天线均为支持长期演进LTE频段以及5G新空口NR频段的天线。In a possible implementation manner, the K antennas are all antennas that support the long-term evolution LTE frequency band and the 5G new air interface NR frequency band.
第三方面，本申请实施例提供了一种开关装置，应用于通信设备，所述开关装置包括第一合路器、第二合路器、第一SPDT、第二SPDT、第一DPDT、第二DPDT、第三DPDT和UPVT；所述第一合路器、所述第二合路器均包括第一输入端、第二输入端和输出端；所述第一SPDT和所述第二SPDT均包括P端口和2个T端口；所述第一DPDT、所述第二DPDT和所述第三DPDT均包括2个P端口和2个T端口；所述UPVT包括U个P端口和V个T端口，U、V为大于或者等于1的整数；其中，所述第一SPDT的P端口与所述第一合路器的第一输入端连接，所述第一合路器的输出端与所述第一DPDT的第一个P端口连接；所述第二SPDT的P端口与第二合路器的第一输入端连接，所述第二合路器的输出端与所述第一DPDT的第二个P端口连接；所述第一DPDT的第一个T端口与所述第二DPDT的第一个P端口连接，所述第一DPDT的第二个T端口与所述第三DPDT的第一个P端口连接；所述第二DPDT的第二个P端口与所述UPVT的第二个T端口连接，所述第三DPDT的第二个P端口与所述UPVT的第三个T端口连接；所述UPVT的第一个T端口与所述第一SPDT的第一 个T端口连接，所述UPVT的第四个T端口与所述第二SPDT的第一个T端口连接。In a third aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a switch device, which is applied to a communication device. The switch device includes a first combiner, a second combiner, a first SPDT, a second SPDT, a first DPDT, a first Two DPDTs, a third DPDT and an UPVT; the first combiner and the second combiner each include a first input terminal, a second input terminal and an output terminal; the first SPDT and the second SPDT All include P ports and 2 T ports; the first DPDT, the second DPDT and the third DPDT all include 2 P ports and 2 T ports; the UPVT includes U P ports and V T port, U and V are integers greater than or equal to 1; wherein, the P port of the first SPDT is connected to the first input end of the first combiner, and the output end of the first combiner is connected to The first P port of the first DPDT is connected; the P port of the second SPDT is connected to the first input end of the second combiner, and the output end of the second combiner is connected to the first DPDT The second P port of the first DPDT is connected to the second P port of the first DPDT; the first T port of the first DPDT is connected to the first P port of the second DPDT, and the second T port of the first DPDT is connected to the third DPDT The first P port of the second DPDT is connected to the second T port of the UPVT, and the second P port of the third DPDT is connected to the third T port of the UPVT. The T port is connected; the first T port of the UPVT is connected to the first T port of the first SPDT, and the fourth T port of the UPVT is connected to the first T port of the second SPDT.
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述通信设备包括天线系统，所述天线系统包括4根天线；其中，所述第二DPDT的第一个T端口与第一根天线连接；所述第三DPDT的第一个T端口与第二根天线连接；所述第二DPDT的第二个T端口与第三根天线连接；所述第三DPDT的第二个T端口与第四根天线连接。In a possible implementation manner, the communication device includes an antenna system, and the antenna system includes 4 antennas; wherein, the first T port of the second DPDT is connected to the first antenna; the third The first T port of the DPDT is connected to the second antenna; the second T port of the second DPDT is connected to the third antenna; the second T port of the third DPDT is connected to the fourth antenna.
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述UPVT为DP4T，所述DP4T包括2个P端口和4个T端口。In a possible implementation manner, the UPVT is DP4T, and the DP4T includes 2 P ports and 4 T ports.
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述UPVT为4P4T，所述4P4T包括4个P端口和4个T端口；所述开关装置还包括DP4T，所述DP4T包括2个P端口和4个T端口；其中，所述DP4T的第一个P端口与所述第一SPDT的第二个T端口连接，所述DP4T的第二个P端口与所述第二SPDT的第二个T端口连接。In a possible implementation manner, the UPVT is 4P4T, and the 4P4T includes 4 P ports and 4 T ports; the switch device further includes DP4T, and the DP4T includes 2 P ports and 4 T ports ; wherein, the first P port of the DP4T is connected to the second T port of the first SPDT, and the second P port of the DP4T is connected to the second T port of the second SPDT.
第四方面，本申请实施例提供了一种射频系统，应用于通信设备，该射频系统可以包括射频电路、天线系统以及上述第一方面中任意一项所述的开关装置，用于实现上述第二方面中任意一项所述的通信方法流程所涉及的功能。In a fourth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a radio frequency system, which is applied to a communication device. The radio frequency system may include a radio frequency circuit, an antenna system, and the switch device according to any one of the above-mentioned first aspects, so as to realize the above-mentioned first The functions involved in the communication method flow described in any one of the two aspects.
第五方面，本申请实施例提供了一种通信设备，该通信设备可以包括射频电路、天线系统以及上述第一方面中任意一项所述的开关装置，用于实现上述第二方面中任意一项所述的通信方法流程所涉及的功能。In a fifth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, where the communication device may include a radio frequency circuit, an antenna system, and the switch device described in any one of the first aspect above, for implementing any one of the second aspect above The functions involved in the communication method flow described in the item.
第六方面，本申请实施例提供了一种通信设备，该通信设备中包括处理器，处理器被配置为支持该通信设备实现第二方面提供的通信方法中相应的功能。该通信设备还可以包括存储器，存储器用于与处理器耦合，其保存该通信设备必要的程序指令和数据。该终端设备还可以包括通信接口，用于该通信设备与其他设备或通信网络通信。In a sixth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, the communication device includes a processor, and the processor is configured to support the communication device to implement corresponding functions in the communication method provided in the second aspect. The communication device may also include a memory for coupling with the processor that holds program instructions and data necessary for the communication device. The terminal device may also include a communication interface for the communication device to communicate with other devices or a communication network.
第七方面，本申请实施例提供了一种计算机可读存储介质，所述计算机可读存储介质存储有计算机程序，该计算机程序被处理器执行时实现上述第二方面中任意一项所述的通信方法流程。其中，该处理器可以为一个或多个处理器。In a seventh aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium, where the computer-readable storage medium stores a computer program, and when the computer program is executed by a processor, implements any one of the above-mentioned second aspects. Communication method flow. Wherein, the processor may be one or more processors.
第八方面，本申请实施例提供了一种计算机程序，该计算机程序包括指令，当该计算机程序被计算机执行时，使得计算机可以执行上述第二方面中任意一项所述的通信方法流程。In an eighth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a computer program, where the computer program includes instructions, when the computer program is executed by a computer, the computer can execute the communication method flow described in any one of the second aspect above.
第九方面，本本申请实施例提供了一种芯片系统，该芯片系统可以包括上述第一方面中任意一项所述的开关装置，用于实现上述第二方面中任意一项所述的通信方法流程所涉及的功能。在一种可能的设计中，所述芯片系统还包括存储器，所述存储器，用于保存调整方法必要的程序指令和数据。该芯片系统，可以由芯片构成，也可以包含芯片和其他分立器件。In a ninth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a chip system, and the chip system may include the switch device described in any one of the foregoing first aspect, for implementing the communication method described in any one of the foregoing second aspect The functions involved in the process. In a possible design, the chip system further includes a memory for storing necessary program instructions and data for the adjustment method. The chip system may be composed of chips, or may include chips and other discrete devices.
附图说明Description of drawings
为了更清楚地说明本申请实施例中的技术方案，下面将对本申请实施例或背景技术中所需要使用的附图进行说明。In order to illustrate the technical solutions in the embodiments of the present application more clearly, the accompanying drawings required in the embodiments of the present application or the background technology will be described below.
图1是一种LTE的多天线切换电路示意图。FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a multi-antenna switching circuit of LTE.
图2是一种NR的多天线切换电路示意图。FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a multi-antenna switching circuit of an NR.
图3是一种终端天线典型分配示意图。FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of a typical allocation of terminal antennas.
图4a是一种LTE和NR共用天线的电路示意图。FIG. 4a is a schematic circuit diagram of a shared antenna for LTE and NR.
图4b是本申请实施例提供的一种LTE和NR共用天线的等效电路示意图。FIG. 4b is a schematic diagram of an equivalent circuit of a shared antenna for LTE and NR according to an embodiment of the present application.
图5a是另一种LTE和NR共用天线的电路示意图。FIG. 5a is a schematic circuit diagram of another antenna shared by LTE and NR.
图5b是一种开关状态下的电路连接示意图。Fig. 5b is a schematic diagram of circuit connection in a switching state.
图5c是另一种开关状态下的电路连接示意图。FIG. 5c is a schematic diagram of circuit connection in another switching state.
图6是本申请实施例提供的一种通信设备的功能框图。FIG. 6 is a functional block diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图7是本申请实施例提供的一种通信设备的软件结构框图。FIG. 7 is a software structural block diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图8是本申请实施例提供的一种开关装置001的结构示意图。FIG. 8 is a schematic structural diagram of a switch device 001 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图9是本申请实施例提供的另一种开关装置的结构示意图。FIG. 9 is a schematic structural diagram of another switching device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图10a-图10h是本申请实施例提供的一组天线选择电路的示意图。10a-10h are schematic diagrams of a group of antenna selection circuits provided by embodiments of the present application.
图11a-图11d是本申请实施例提供的一组SRS轮发的电路示意图。11a-11d are schematic circuit diagrams of a group of SRS rotation provided by the embodiments of the present application.
图12a是本申请实施例提供的一种应用场景的示意图。FIG. 12a is a schematic diagram of an application scenario provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图12b是本申请实施例提供的另一种应用场景的示意图。FIG. 12b is a schematic diagram of another application scenario provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图13是本申请实施例提供的一种等效电路的示意图。FIG. 13 is a schematic diagram of an equivalent circuit provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图14a-图14d是本申请实施例提供的一组等效电路的天线选择示意图。14a-14d are schematic diagrams of antenna selection of a group of equivalent circuits provided by the embodiments of the present application.
图15是本申请实施例提供的又一种开关装置的结构示意图。FIG. 15 is a schematic structural diagram of another switch device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图16是本申请实施例提供的又一种开关装置的结构示意图。FIG. 16 is a schematic structural diagram of another switch device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图17是本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法的流程示意图。FIG. 17 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
下面将结合本申请实施例中的附图，对本申请实施例进行描述。The embodiments of the present application will be described below with reference to the accompanying drawings in the embodiments of the present application.
本发明的说明书和权利要求书及所述附图中的术语“第一”、“第二”、“第三”和“第四”，以及“第一个”、“第二个”、“第三个”和“第四个”等均是用于区别不同对象，而不是用于描述特定顺序。并且，本发明的说明书和权利要求书中的术语“T端口”和“P端口”仅用于区别双刀四掷开关、双刀双掷开关或单刀双掷开关等此类开关两侧可进行导通的触点，而不是用于描述开关的特定端口，一些可能的实施例中，“T端口”可以作为“P端口”，“P端口”也可以作为“T端口”。本发明附图的各个开关中的“A”、“B”、“C”、“D”等端口，以及“1”、“2”、“3”、“4”等端口与上述同理，此处不再进行赘述。此外，术语“包括”和“具有”以及它们任何变形，意图在于覆盖不排他的包含。例如包含了一系列步骤或单元的过程、方法、系统、产品或设备没有限定于已列出的步骤或单元，而是可选地还包括没有列出的步骤或单元，或可选地还包括对于这些过程、方法、产品或设备固有的其它步骤或单元。The terms "first", "second", "third" and "fourth" in the description and claims of the present invention and the accompanying drawings, as well as "first", "second", " The third" and "fourth" etc. are used to distinguish different objects, not to describe a specific order. Also, the terms "T port" and "P port" in the description and claims of the present invention are only used to distinguish between double-pole four-throw switches, double-pole double-throw switches, or single-pole double-throw switches. A conducting contact, rather than being used to describe a specific port of a switch, in some possible embodiments, "T port" can be used as "P port", and "P port" can also be used as "T port". Ports such as "A", "B", "C", "D", and ports such as "1", "2", "3", and "4" in each switch of the present invention are the same as the above, No further description is given here. Furthermore, the terms "comprising" and "having" and any variations thereof are intended to cover non-exclusive inclusion. For example, a process, method, system, product or device comprising a series of steps or units is not limited to the listed steps or units, but optionally also includes unlisted steps or units, or optionally also includes For other steps or units inherent to these processes, methods, products or devices.
在本文中提及“实施例”意味着，结合实施例描述的特定特征、结构或特性可以包含在本发明的至少一个实施例中。在说明书中的各个位置出现该短语并不一定均是指相同的实施例，也不是与其它实施例互斥的独立的或备选的实施例。本领域技术人员显式地和隐式地理解的是，本文所描述的实施例可以与其它实施例相结合。Reference herein to an "embodiment" means that a particular feature, structure, or characteristic described in connection with the embodiment can be included in at least one embodiment of the present invention. The appearances of the phrase in various places in the specification are not necessarily all referring to the same embodiment, nor a separate or alternative embodiment that is mutually exclusive of other embodiments. It is explicitly and implicitly understood by those skilled in the art that the embodiments described herein may be combined with other embodiments.
在本说明书中使用的术语“部件”、“模块”、“系统”等用于表示计算机相关的实体、硬件、固件、硬件和软件的组合、软件、或执行中的软件。例如，部件可以是但不限于，在处理器上运行的进程、处理器、对象、可执行文件、执行线程、程序和/或计算机。通过图示，在计算设备上运行的应用和计算设备都可以是部件。一个或多个部件可驻留在进程和/或执行线程中，部件可位于一个计算机上和/或分布在2个或更多个计算机之间。此外，这些部件可从在上面存储有各种数据结构的各种计算机可读介质执行。部件可例如根据具有一个或多个数据分组(例如来自与本地系统、分布式系统和/或网络间的另一部件交互的二个部件的数据，例 如通过信号与其它系统交互的互联网)的信号通过本地和/或远程进程来通信。The terms "component", "module", "system" and the like are used in this specification to refer to a computer-related entity, hardware, firmware, a combination of hardware and software, software, or software in execution. For example, a component may be, but is not limited to, a process running on a processor, a processor, an object, an executable, a thread of execution, a program, and/or a computer. By way of illustration, both an application running on a computing device and the computing device may be components. One or more components may reside within a process and/or thread of execution, and a component may be localized on one computer and/or distributed between 2 or more computers. In addition, these components can execute from various computer readable media having various data structures stored thereon. A component may, for example, be based on a signal having one or more data packets (eg, data from two components interacting with another component between a local system, a distributed system, and/or a network, such as the Internet interacting with other systems via signals) Communicate through local and/or remote processes.
首先，对本申请中的部分用语进行解释说明，以便于本领域技术人员理解。First, some terms in this application will be explained so as to facilitate the understanding of those skilled in the art.
(1)多天线选择(multi antenna selection，MAS)技术。如图1所示，为了避免用户横屏持握手机时，导致手机的天线被用户“握死”，从而影响用户体验的情况，手机等通信设备可以设置有下左天线(ANT0)、下右天线(ANT2)、上左天线(ANT1)和上右天线(ANT3)这4根天线，如此，LTE主分集信号可以通过如图1所示的双刀双掷开关(double pole double throw，DPDT)和多个单刀双掷开关(single pole double throw，SPDT)在4根天线之间进行选择。例如当用户横屏操作游戏时，若其中的ANT1、ANT2和ANT3天线因为被用户双手握住而信号较差，则此时可以通过DPDT、SPDT1和SPDT2选择信号较好的ANT0天线发射LTE主集发射(transmit，TX)信号，从而确保手机任何时刻都能在信号质量最好的天线上进行数据传送，提高客户的使用体验。(1) Multi antenna selection (multi antenna selection, MAS) technology. As shown in Figure 1, in order to avoid the situation that the antenna of the mobile phone is "deadly held" by the user when the user holds the mobile phone horizontally, thereby affecting the user experience, communication devices such as mobile phones can be provided with the lower left antenna (ANT0), the lower right antenna Antenna (ANT2), upper left antenna (ANT1) and upper right antenna (ANT3) are four antennas. In this way, the LTE main diversity signal can pass through the double pole double throw switch (double pole double throw, DPDT) as shown in Figure 1. and multiple single pole double throw (SPDT) switches to select between 4 antennas. For example, when the user is operating the game in horizontal screen, if the ANT1, ANT2 and ANT3 antennas are held by the user's hands and the signal is poor, then the ANT0 antenna with better signal can be selected through DPDT, SPDT1 and SPDT2 to transmit the LTE main set Transmit (transmit, TX) signal, so as to ensure that the mobile phone can transmit data on the antenna with the best signal quality at any time, and improve the customer's use experience.
(2)探测参考信号(sounding reference signal，SRS)，或者称之为上行探测信号。第五代移动通信技术(5th-generation，5G)等支持波束成形(beaforming)技术，可以向终端定向发射。而基站要想定向发射，首先得探测到终端的位置以及传输通路的质量等，从而使基站的资源更精准的分配给每个终端。终端发送SRS信号即是用于基站探测终端位置和信道质量的方式之一。(2) Sounding reference signal (sounding reference signal, SRS), or called uplink sounding signal. The fifth-generation mobile communication technology (5th-generation, 5G) and the like supports beamforming (beaforming) technology, and can transmit directionally to the terminal. If the base station wants to transmit directionally, it must first detect the location of the terminal and the quality of the transmission path, so that the resources of the base station can be allocated to each terminal more accurately. Sending the SRS signal by the terminal is one of the ways for the base station to detect the location and channel quality of the terminal.
其中，如上所述，SRS的功能可以简单包括如下几点：Among them, as mentioned above, the functions of SRS can simply include the following points:
a.用于上行信道质量的估计，从而用于上行调度、上行同步(timing advance，TA)、上行波速管理等。a. It is used to estimate the quality of the uplink channel, so as to be used for uplink scheduling, uplink synchronization (timing advance, TA), and uplink wave speed management.
b.时分双工技术(time division duplexing，TDD)上下行信道互易的情况下，利用信道对称性，估计下行信道质量，如下行多输入多输出天线系统(multi input multi output，MIMO)中的权值计算等。其中，MIMO技术指在发射端和接收端分别使用多个发射天线和接收天线，使信号通过发射端与接收端的多个天线传送和接收，从而改善通信质量等，此处不再进行详述。b. In the case of time division duplexing (TDD) uplink and downlink channel reciprocity, the channel symmetry is used to estimate the downlink channel quality, as in the downlink multiple input multiple output antenna system (multi input multi output, MIMO) Weight calculation, etc. Among them, the MIMO technology refers to using multiple transmitting and receiving antennas at the transmitting end and the receiving end, respectively, so that signals are transmitted and received through the multiple antennas at the transmitting end and the receiving end, thereby improving communication quality, etc., which will not be described in detail here.
其中，为了实现上述功能，首先要实现SRS轮发，SRS轮发是指终端在不同的物理天线上轮流发送SRS信号。当前协议定义的SRS能力主要是1T2R，1T4R和2T4R这三种。如此，SRS轮发对硬件的需求主要是发射信号能够在不同天线上进行切换。需要说明的是，能够参与发送SRS信号的天线数越多，信道估计就越准，进而能获得的速率越高；如果只在固定天线发送则会丢失其它天线信息，天线没有充分利用，难以获得最高的速率。Among them, in order to realize the above-mentioned functions, firstly, SRS rotation must be realized. SRS rotation means that the terminal sends SRS signals on different physical antennas in turn. The SRS capabilities defined by the current protocol are mainly 1T2R, 1T4R and 2T4R. In this way, the hardware requirement of SRS rotation is mainly that the transmitted signal can be switched on different antennas. It should be noted that the more antennas that can participate in sending SRS signals, the more accurate the channel estimation and the higher the rate that can be obtained; if only the fixed antenna is sent, other antenna information will be lost, the antenna is not fully utilized, and it is difficult to obtain highest rate.
5G终端一般都配有多根收发天线，目前主流的5G手机、客户前置设备(customer premise equipment，CPE)等都采用2根发射天线、4根接收天线(即2T4R)。如果充分利用5G终端的多根天线轮流上报信道信息(即SRS轮发)，则能够让基站获取的信息更全面，进行更精准的数据传输。其中，SRS轮发的主要模式可以如下：5G terminals are generally equipped with multiple transceiver antennas. At present, mainstream 5G mobile phones and customer premise equipment (CPE) all use 2 transmit antennas and 4 receive antennas (ie 2T4R). If the multiple antennas of the 5G terminal are used to report channel information in turn (that is, SRS rotation), the information obtained by the base station can be more comprehensive and more accurate data transmission can be performed. Among them, the main mode of SRS rotation can be as follows:
1T1R，只固定在一个天线上向基站反馈SRS信号，即不支持SRS轮发。1T1R, only one antenna is fixed to feed back SRS signals to the base station, that is, SRS rotation is not supported.
1T2R，终端在2个天线上轮流发射SRS信号，一次选择1个天线发射1T2R, the terminal transmits SRS signals on two antennas in turn, and selects one antenna to transmit at a time
1T4R，终端在4个天线上轮流发射SRS信号，一次选择1个天线发射。In 1T4R, the terminal transmits SRS signals on four antennas in turn, and selects one antenna for transmission at a time.
2T4R，终端在4个天线上轮流发射SRS信号，一次选择2个天线发射。其中，非独立组网(non standalone，NSA)模式下的终端常采用1T4R，而独立组网(standalone，SA)模式下的终端则常采用2T4R，等等，此处不再进行详述。In 2T4R, the terminal transmits SRS signals on 4 antennas in turn, and selects 2 antennas for transmission at a time. Among them, terminals in non-standalone (NSA) mode often use 1T4R, while terminals in standalone (SA) mode often use 2T4R, and so on, which will not be described in detail here.
如图2所示，该NR多天线切换电路能够实现的SRS轮发的规格为1T4R，可以通过如图2所示的多个双刀四掷开关(double pole four throw，DP4T)，例如DP4T1和DP4T2的切换实现NR TX在ANT4、ANT5、ANT6和ANT7这4根天线上的轮发，也即实现SRS信号在4根天线上轮发。As shown in Figure 2, the NR multi-antenna switching circuit can realize the SRS round transmission specification of 1T4R, which can be achieved through multiple double pole four throw switches (DP4T) as shown in Figure 2, such as DP4T1 and The switching of DP4T2 realizes the rotation of NR TX on the 4 antennas ANT4, ANT5, ANT6 and ANT7, that is, the rotation of SRS signals on the 4 antennas.
需要说明的是，图1和图2仅为示例性的说明一种可能的LTE多天线切换开关电路和NR多天线切换电路，在一些可能的实施方式中，可以包括比图1或者图2更多或者更少，甚至不同的部件，等等，本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。It should be noted that FIG. 1 and FIG. 2 are only exemplary to illustrate a possible LTE multi-antenna switching circuit and NR multi-antenna switching circuit, and in some possible implementations, may include more More or less, or even different components, etc., which are not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present application.
如上所述，当LTE主分集信号的传输需要实现在4天线之间进行切换，同时NR的SRS信号需要在4天线之间实现轮流发射的情况下，一共需要8根物理天线，使得电路布局面积以及生产成本也随之增加。进一步的，请参阅图3，图3是一种终端天线典型分配示意图。如图3所示，随着当前手机终端通信规格越来越高，特别在5G时代频段的增加以及无线保真(wireless-fidelity，WIFI)和5G等新应用场景下，相应的天线种类和数目也越来越多(例如图3中的GPS天线、WIFI天线、sub6G-1天线、sub6G-2天线和sub6G-3天线等等)。如此，对手机终端布局堆叠设计和生产成本提出了挑战，若不加节制地增加天线，将会大大增加电路布局面积以及生产成本。此时，天线复用技术(或者称之为天线共用技术)的提出则可以有效解决目前物理天线数量较多的问题。As mentioned above, when the transmission of LTE main-diversity signals needs to be switched between 4 antennas, and the SRS signal of NR needs to be transmitted in turn among the 4 antennas, a total of 8 physical antennas are required, which makes the circuit layout area And the production cost also increases. Further, please refer to FIG. 3 , which is a schematic diagram of typical allocation of terminal antennas. As shown in Figure 3, as the current mobile phone terminal communication specifications are getting higher and higher, especially in the 5G era with the increase in frequency bands and new application scenarios such as wireless-fidelity (WIFI) and 5G, the corresponding antenna types and numbers There are also more and more (eg GPS antenna, WIFI antenna, sub6G-1 antenna, sub6G-2 antenna and sub6G-3 antenna in Figure 3, etc.). In this way, the stacking design and production cost of the layout of the mobile phone terminal are challenged. If the antenna is increased without restraint, the circuit layout area and production cost will be greatly increased. At this time, the proposal of the antenna multiplexing technology (or called the antenna sharing technology) can effectively solve the problem of the large number of physical antennas at present.
综上，为了便于理解本申请实施例，进一步分析并提出本申请所具体要解决的技术问题。在现有技术中，关于LTE和NR的共用天线技术，包括多种技术方案，以下示例性的例举如下两种常用的方案。To sum up, in order to facilitate the understanding of the embodiments of the present application, the technical problems to be solved by the present application are further analyzed and proposed. In the prior art, the shared antenna technology of LTE and NR includes a variety of technical solutions, and the following two commonly used solutions are exemplified below.
方案一：请参阅图4a，图4a是一种LTE和NR共用天线的电路示意图。如图4a所示，传统的LTE和NR共用天线方案，是使用同向双工器(diplexer)，或者称之为合路器，将LTE和NR天线实现合路。ANT1、ANT2、ANT3和ANT4中的每根天线均连接有一个合路器，从而使得LTE和NR之间互相独立，并均可以通过4根天线中的任意一根天线传输信号。其中，合路器可以将NR和LTE不同频率的信号合并，使两个不同频率的信号可以使用同一根天线，同时进行发送或者接收。其中，LTE一般走合路器的低频通道，NR一般走合路器的高频通道。Scheme 1: Please refer to FIG. 4a, which is a schematic circuit diagram of a shared antenna for LTE and NR. As shown in Fig. 4a, the traditional LTE and NR antenna sharing scheme uses a diplexer, or is called a combiner, to combine the LTE and NR antennas. Each antenna in ANT1, ANT2, ANT3 and ANT4 is connected with a combiner, which makes LTE and NR independent of each other, and can transmit signals through any one of the four antennas. The combiner can combine signals of different frequencies of NR and LTE, so that two signals of different frequencies can use the same antenna to transmit or receive at the same time. Among them, LTE generally follows the low frequency channel of the combiner, and NR generally follows the high frequency channel of the combiner.
进一步的，请参阅图4b，图4b是本申请实施例提供的一种LTE和NR共用天线的等效电路示意图。如图4b所示，可以将图4a中的DP4T1、DP4T2、SPDT1、SPDT2和DPDT等开关效为一个6P8T开关。显然，如图4b所示，LTETX和LTE主集接收(primary receive，PRX)均可以通过6P8T中的端口A与端口2、端口4、端口6或者端口8之间的导通来选择天线ANT1、ANT2、ANT3或者ANT4传输信号；LTE分集接收(diversity receive，DRX)可以通过6P8T中的端口B与端口2、端口4、端口6或者端口8之间的导通来选择天线ANT1、ANT2、ANT3或者ANT4传输信号；NRTX和NRPRX均可以通过6P8T中的端口C与端口1、端口3、端口5或者端口7之间的导通来选择天线ANT1、ANT2、ANT3或者ANT4传输信号；NRDRX可以通过6P8T中的端口D与端口1、端口3、端口5或者端口7之间的导通来选择天线ANT1、ANT2、ANT3或者ANT4传输信号；NR MIMOPRX可以通过6P8T中的端口E与端口1、端口3、端口5或者端口7之间的导通来选择天线ANT1、ANT2、ANT3或者ANT4传输信号；NR MIMODRX可以通过6P8T中的端口F与端口1、端口3、端口5 或者端口7之间的导通来选择天线ANT1、ANT2、ANT3或者ANT4传输信号。Further, please refer to FIG. 4b, which is a schematic diagram of an equivalent circuit of a shared antenna for LTE and NR provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Fig. 4b, the switches such as DP4T1, DP4T2, SPDT1, SPDT2, and DPDT in Fig. 4a can be used as a 6P8T switch. Obviously, as shown in Figure 4b, both LTETX and LTE primary receive (PRX) can select the antenna ANT1, ANT2, ANT3 or ANT4 transmit signals; LTE diversity reception (DRX) can select the antenna ANT1, ANT2, ANT3 or the conduction between port B and port 2, port 4, port 6 or port 8 in 6P8T ANT4 transmits signals; both NRTX and NRPRX can select the antenna ANT1, ANT2, ANT3 or ANT4 to transmit signals through the conduction between port C and port 1, port 3, port 5 or port 7 in 6P8T; NDRRX can transmit signals through 6P8T The conduction between port D and port 1, port 3, port 5 or port 7 selects antenna ANT1, ANT2, ANT3 or ANT4 to transmit signals; NR MIMOPRX can pass port E in 6P8T and port 1, port 3, port 5 or the conduction between port 7 to select the antenna ANT1, ANT2, ANT3 or ANT4 to transmit signals; NR MIMODRX can be selected by the conduction between port F and port 1, port 3, port 5 or port 7 in 6P8T Antennas ANT1, ANT2, ANT3 or ANT4 transmit signals.
如上所述，例如，当用户正在横屏操作游戏，由于横屏持握手机导致目前只有ANT1的天线信号较好，且目前SRS正要轮发至ANT1时，也即当LTE TX和NR TX均需要通过ANT1进行信号发射时。可以通过导通端口A和端口2，以及导通端口C和端口1，通过与端口1和端口2连接的合路器1，同时经由ANT1进行信号发射。如此，避免了一方占用天线，而另一方无法通过同一天线进行信号传输的情况，也即避免了彼此之间因为天线切换而互相打断工作的情况，实现了LTE与NR之间的互相独立，保证了在LTE和NR共用天线的情况下，LTE的天线切换和NR的SRS轮发均不受彼此影响，保证了双方工作的正常进行。As mentioned above, for example, when the user is operating the game in the horizontal screen, only the antenna signal of ANT1 is better because the phone is held in the horizontal screen, and the SRS is going to be sent to ANT1 in turn, that is, when both LTE TX and NR TX are used. When signal transmission through ANT1 is required. Signal transmission can be performed simultaneously via ANT1 by conducting port A and port 2, and conducting port C and port 1, through combiner 1 connected with port 1 and port 2. In this way, it avoids the situation that one party occupies the antenna, while the other party cannot transmit signals through the same antenna, that is, it avoids the situation that the work of each other is interrupted due to antenna switching, and realizes the independence between LTE and NR. It is ensured that in the case where the LTE and NR share the antenna, the antenna switching of LTE and the SRS rotation of NR are not affected by each other, which ensures the normal operation of both parties.
该方案一的缺点：如图4a和图4b所示，当LTE多天线电路和NR多天线电路合路后，4根天线需要4个合路器。虽然直接减少了一半的天线数量，但是额外增加的多个合路器也会极大程度上增加手机等通信设备的电路布局面积和生产成本，这与原本通过天线共用技术减少电路面积和生产成本的目的相矛盾，无法满足实际需求。Disadvantage of the first solution: As shown in Figure 4a and Figure 4b, when the LTE multi-antenna circuit and the NR multi-antenna circuit are combined, four combiners are required for four antennas. Although the number of antennas is directly reduced by half, the additional multiple combiners will also greatly increase the circuit layout area and production cost of communication equipment such as mobile phones, which is similar to the reduction of circuit area and production cost through the antenna sharing technology. The purpose is contradictory and cannot meet the actual needs.
方案二：请参阅图5a，图5a是另一种LTE和NR共用天线的电路示意图。如图5a所示，将LTE和NR通过4P4T开关电路和四根天线连接，也能实现天线复用。请参阅图5b，图5b是一种开关状态下的电路连接示意图。如图5b所示，默认状态下，4P4T的开关状态为1-A/2-B/3-C/4-D导通。此时，LTE TX/PRX和NR MIMO PRX通过合路器1，工作在ANT0；LTE DRX和NR MIMO DRX通过合路器2，工作在ANT1；NR TX/PRX工作在ANT2；NR DRX工作在ANT3。Scheme 2: Please refer to FIG. 5a, which is a schematic circuit diagram of another antenna shared by LTE and NR. As shown in Figure 5a, antenna multiplexing can also be achieved by connecting LTE and NR through a 4P4T switch circuit and four antennas. Please refer to FIG. 5b, which is a schematic diagram of circuit connection in a switch state. As shown in Figure 5b, by default, the switch state of 4P4T is 1-A/2-B/3-C/4-D on. At this time, LTE TX/PRX and NR MIMO PRX pass through combiner 1 and work on ANT0; LTE DRX and NR MIMO DRX pass through combiner 2 and work on ANT1; NR TX/PRX works on ANT2; NR DRX works on ANT3 .
该方案二的缺点：方案二虽然也实现了LTE和NR共用四根天线，并且相较于方案一还减少了合路器以及开关的数量。然而方案二中的SRS轮发和LTE天线切换会相互打断，造成性能损失。例如，请参阅图5c，图5c是另一种开关状态下的电路连接示意图。请一并参考图5b和图5c，当NR做SRS天线轮发到ANT0上时，需要将默认状态下的3-C导通切换至3-A导通，从而使得NR TX可以通过ANT0发射SRS信号。然而，如图5c所示，由于NR进行SRS轮发时的天线切换，使得LTE TX由默认状态下的1-A导通，被动切换至1-C导通，被动通过ANT2进行信号发射。如此，LTE不仅需要在切换过程中做TX-blanking(打断)，造成性能损失，并且若此时ANT2的天线信号质量较差，会进一步影响用户的使用体验。Disadvantages of the second solution: Although the second solution also realizes that LTE and NR share four antennas, and compared with the first solution, it also reduces the number of combiners and switches. However, the SRS rotation and LTE antenna switching in the second solution will interrupt each other, resulting in performance loss. For example, please refer to FIG. 5c, which is a schematic diagram of circuit connection in another switching state. Please refer to Figure 5b and Figure 5c together. When NR is used as SRS antenna and sent to ANT0, it is necessary to switch 3-C conduction in default state to 3-A conduction, so that NR TX can transmit SRS through ANT0 Signal. However, as shown in Figure 5c, due to the antenna switching when NR performs SRS rotation, the LTE TX is turned on from 1-A in the default state, passively switched to 1-C, and passively transmits signals through ANT2. In this way, LTE not only needs to perform TX-blanking (interruption) during the handover process, resulting in performance loss, and if the quality of the antenna signal of ANT2 is poor at this time, it will further affect the user experience.
综上，上述现有技术中的方案一虽然可以较好的实现LTE和NR共用天线，并且彼此独立，互不影响，保证了LTE的天线切换和NR的SRS轮发的正常进行，但是电路复杂，带来了电路面积增加和生产成本增加的问题；上述方案二虽然简单两个合路器和一个4P4T开关就可以实现LTE和NR共用天线，但是电路简单，LTE和NR之间存在干扰，SRS轮发和LTE天线切换会相互打断，造成性能损失。如此，现有技术中并没有真正很好地解决LTE和NR共用天线面临的工作性能和生产成本问题。因此，为了解决当前LTE和NR的共用天线技术中不满足实际业务需求的问题，本发明实际要解决的技术问题包括如下方面：基于现有的通信设备，通过更加合理的开关选择和电路布局，使得LTE和NR在共用天线的基础上，保证双方均可以进行正常的天线切换和SRS轮发，并进一步减少电路面积和生产成本。To sum up, although the above-mentioned solution 1 in the prior art can better realize the shared antenna of LTE and NR, and is independent of each other and does not affect each other, it ensures the normal operation of antenna switching of LTE and SRS rotation of NR, but the circuit is complicated. , which brings the problems of increased circuit area and increased production cost; although the above-mentioned scheme 2 can realize the shared antenna between LTE and NR by simply two combiners and a 4P4T switch, the circuit is simple, there is interference between LTE and NR, and SRS Round-robin and LTE antenna switching can interrupt each other, causing performance loss. In this way, the existing technology does not really solve the problems of work performance and production cost faced by the shared antenna of LTE and NR. Therefore, in order to solve the problem that the current shared antenna technology of LTE and NR does not meet actual service requirements, the technical problems to be solved by the present invention include the following aspects: based on existing communication equipment, through more reasonable switch selection and circuit layout, On the basis of sharing antennas, LTE and NR ensure that both parties can perform normal antenna switching and SRS rotation, and further reduce circuit area and production costs.
请参阅图6，图6是本申请实施例提供的一种通信设备的功能框图。下面以通信设备100为例对本申请实施例进行具体说明。应该理解的是，本申请实施例示意的结构并不构成对通 信设备100的具体限定。在一些可能的实施例中，通信设备100可以具有比图中所示的更多的或者更少的部件，或者组合某些部件，或者拆分某些部件，或者不同的部件布置。图中所示出的各种部件可以在包括一个或多个信号处理和/或专用集成电路在内的硬件、软件、或硬件和软件的组合中实现。Please refer to FIG. 6. FIG. 6 is a functional block diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application. The embodiment of the present application will be specifically described below by taking the communication device 100 as an example. It should be understood that the structures illustrated in the embodiments of the present application do not constitute a specific limitation on the communication device 100. In some possible embodiments, the communication device 100 may have more or fewer components than shown in the figures, or some components may be combined, or some components may be split, or a different arrangement of components. The various components shown in the figures may be implemented in hardware, software, or a combination of hardware and software, including one or more signal processing and/or application specific integrated circuits.
通信设备100可以包括：处理器110，外部存储器接口120，内部存储器121，通用串行总线(universal serial bus，USB)接口130，充电管理模块140，电源管理模块141，电池142，移动通信模块150，天线系统151，无线通信模块160，音频模块170，扬声器170A，受话器170B，麦克风170C，耳机接口170D，传感器模块180，按键190，马达191，指示器192，摄像头193，显示屏194，以及用户标识模块(subscriber identification module，SIM)卡接口195等。其中传感器模块180可以包括压力传感器180A，陀螺仪传感器180B，气压传感器180C，磁传感器180D，加速度传感器180E，距离传感器180F，接近光传感器180G，指纹传感器180H，温度传感器180J，触摸传感器180K，环境光传感器180L，骨传导传感器180M等。The communication device 100 may include: a processor 110, an external memory interface 120, an internal memory 121, a universal serial bus (USB) interface 130, a charging management module 140, a power management module 141, a battery 142, and a mobile communication module 150 , antenna system 151, wireless communication module 160, audio module 170, speaker 170A, receiver 170B, microphone 170C, headphone jack 170D, sensor module 180, buttons 190, motor 191, indicator 192, camera 193, display screen 194, and user Identity module (subscriber identification module, SIM) card interface 195 and so on. The sensor module 180 may include a pressure sensor 180A, a gyroscope sensor 180B, an air pressure sensor 180C, a magnetic sensor 180D, an acceleration sensor 180E, a distance sensor 180F, a proximity light sensor 180G, a fingerprint sensor 180H, a temperature sensor 180J, a touch sensor 180K, and ambient light. Sensor 180L, bone conduction sensor 180M, etc.
处理器110可以包括一个或多个处理单元，例如：处理器110可以包括应用处理器(application processor，AP)，调制解调处理器，图形处理器(graphics processing unit，GPU)，图像信号处理器(image signal processor，ISP)，控制器，存储器，视频编解码器，数字信号处理器(digital signal processor，DSP)，基带处理器，和/或神经网络处理器(neural-network processing unit，NPU)等。其中，不同的处理单元可以是独立的器件，也可以集成在一个或多个处理器中。The processor 110 may include one or more processing units, for example, the processor 110 may include an application processor (application processor, AP), a modem processor, a graphics processor (graphics processing unit, GPU), an image signal processor (image signal processor, ISP), controller, memory, video codec, digital signal processor (digital signal processor, DSP), baseband processor, and/or neural-network processing unit (NPU) Wait. Wherein, different processing units may be independent devices, or may be integrated in one or more processors.
其中，控制器可以是通信设备100的神经中枢和指挥中心。控制器可以根据指令操作码和时序信号，产生操作控制信号，完成取指令和执行指令的控制。The controller may be the nerve center and command center of the communication device 100 . The controller can generate an operation control signal according to the instruction operation code and timing signal, and complete the control of fetching and executing instructions.
处理器110中还可以设置存储器，用于存储指令和数据。在一些实施例中，处理器110中的存储器为高速缓冲存储器。该存储器可以保存处理器110刚用过或循环使用的指令或数据。如果处理器110需要再次使用该指令或数据，可从所述存储器中直接调用。避免了重复存取，减少了处理器110的等待时间，因而提高了系统的效率。A memory may also be provided in the processor 110 for storing instructions and data. In some embodiments, the memory in processor 110 is cache memory. This memory may hold instructions or data that have just been used or recycled by the processor 110 . If the processor 110 needs to use the instruction or data again, it can be called directly from the memory. Repeated accesses are avoided and the latency of the processor 110 is reduced, thereby increasing the efficiency of the system.
在一些实施例中，处理器110可以包括一个或多个接口。接口可以包括集成电路(inter-integrated circuit，I2C)接口，集成电路内置音频(inter-integrated circuit sound，I2S)接口，脉冲编码调制(pulse code modulation，PCM)接口，通用异步收发传输器(universal asynchronous receiver/transmitter，UART)接口，移动产业处理器接口(mobile industry processor interface，MIPI)，通用输入输出(general-purpose input/output，GPIO)接口，用户标识模块(subscriber identity module，SIM)接口，和/或通用串行总线(universal serial bus，USB)接口等。In some embodiments, the processor 110 may include one or more interfaces. The interface may include an integrated circuit (inter-integrated circuit, I2C) interface, an integrated circuit built-in audio (inter-integrated circuit sound, I2S) interface, a pulse code modulation (pulse code modulation, PCM) interface, a universal asynchronous transceiver (universal asynchronous transmitter) receiver/transmitter, UART) interface, mobile industry processor interface (MIPI), general-purpose input/output (GPIO) interface, subscriber identity module (SIM) interface, and / or universal serial bus (universal serial bus, USB) interface, etc.
可以理解的是，本发明实施例示意的各模块间的接口连接关系，只是示意性说明，并不构成对通信设备100的结构限定。在本申请另一些实施例中，通信设备100也可以采用上述实施例中不同的接口连接方式，或多种接口连接方式的组合。It can be understood that the interface connection relationship between the modules illustrated in the embodiment of the present invention is only a schematic illustration, and does not constitute a structural limitation of the communication device 100 . In other embodiments of the present application, the communication device 100 may also adopt different interface connection manners in the foregoing embodiments, or a combination of multiple interface connection manners.
充电管理模块140用于从充电器接收充电输入。其中，充电器可以是无线充电器，也可以是有线充电器。The charging management module 140 is used to receive charging input from the charger. The charger may be a wireless charger or a wired charger.
电源管理模块141用于连接电池142，充电管理模块140与处理器110。电源管理模块141接收电池142和/或充电管理模块140的输入，为处理器110，内部存储器121，外部存储器，显示屏194，摄像头193，和无线通信模块160等供电。The power management module 141 is used for connecting the battery 142 , the charging management module 140 and the processor 110 . The power management module 141 receives input from the battery 142 and/or the charging management module 140 and supplies power to the processor 110 , the internal memory 121 , the external memory, the display screen 194 , the camera 193 , and the wireless communication module 160 .
通信设备100的无线通信功能可以通过天线系统151，移动通信模块150，无线通信模块160，调制解调处理器以及基带处理器等实现。其中，移动通信模块150中可以包括射频电路， 具体可以包括LTE主集发射电路、LTE主集接收电路、LTE分集接收电路、NR主集发射电路、NR主集接收电路和NR分集接收电路等等，还可以包括开关装置。其中，该开关装置可以包括多个端口。其中，天线系统151可以包括多根天线，在一些可能的实施方式中，具体可以包括支持4G LTE频段和5G NR频段的4根天线。可选地，在本申请的一些实施例中，该射频电路和天线系统151可以与开关装置连接，使得LTE系统和NR系统可以共用该4根天线。可选地，可以通过开关装置的中各个端口之间的导通和关断，实现LTE控制器可以在这4根天线之间选择其中信号较好的天线收发信号，以及可以通过开关装置的中各个端口之间的导通和关断，实现NR的SRS信号在这4根天线上轮流发射(也即实现1T4R或者2T4R)。The wireless communication function of the communication device 100 may be implemented by the antenna system 151, the mobile communication module 150, the wireless communication module 160, the modulation and demodulation processor, the baseband processor, and the like. The mobile communication module 150 may include a radio frequency circuit, and may specifically include an LTE main set transmitting circuit, an LTE main set receiving circuit, an LTE diversity receiving circuit, an NR main set transmitting circuit, an NR main set receiving circuit, and an NR diversity receiving circuit, etc. , and may also include switching means. Therein, the switching device may comprise a plurality of ports. The antenna system 151 may include multiple antennas, and in some possible implementations, may specifically include four antennas supporting the 4G LTE frequency band and the 5G NR frequency band. Optionally, in some embodiments of the present application, the radio frequency circuit and the antenna system 151 can be connected to a switch device, so that the LTE system and the NR system can share the four antennas. Optionally, the LTE controller can select the antenna with better signal among these 4 antennas to send and receive signals, and can transmit and receive signals through the middle of the switch device by turning on and off each port in the switch device. The turn-on and turn-off between each port realizes that the SRS signal of NR is transmitted in turn on these four antennas (that is, 1T4R or 2T4R is realized).
通信设备100通过GPU，显示屏194，以及应用处理器等实现显示功能。GPU为图像处理的微处理器，连接显示屏194和应用处理器。GPU用于执行数学和几何计算，用于图形渲染。处理器110可包括一个或多个GPU，其执行程序指令以生成或改变显示信息。The communication device 100 implements a display function through a GPU, a display screen 194, an application processor, and the like. The GPU is a microprocessor for image processing, and is connected to the display screen 194 and the application processor. The GPU is used to perform mathematical and geometric calculations for graphics rendering. Processor 110 may include one or more GPUs that execute program instructions to generate or alter display information.
显示屏194用于显示图像，视频等。显示屏194包括显示面板。显示面板可以采用液晶显示屏(liquid crystal display，LCD)，有机发光二极管(organic light-emitting diode，OLED)，有源矩阵有机发光二极体或主动矩阵有机发光二极体(active-matrix organic light emitting diode的，AMOLED)，柔性发光二极管(flex light-emitting diode，FLED)，Miniled，MicroLed，Micro-oLed，量子点发光二极管(quantum dot light emitting diodes，QLED)等。在一些实施例中，通信设备100可以包括1个或N个显示屏194，N为大于1的正整数。Display screen 194 is used to display images, videos, and the like. Display screen 194 includes a display panel. The display panel can be a liquid crystal display (LCD), an organic light-emitting diode (OLED), an active-matrix organic light-emitting diode or an active-matrix organic light-emitting diode (active-matrix organic light). emitting diode, AMOLED), flexible light-emitting diode (flex light-emitting diode, FLED), Miniled, MicroLed, Micro-oLed, quantum dot light-emitting diode (quantum dot light emitting diodes, QLED) and so on. In some embodiments, the communication device 100 may include 1 or N display screens 194 , where N is a positive integer greater than one.
通信设备100可以通过ISP，摄像头193，视频编解码器，GPU，显示屏194以及应用处理器等实现拍摄功能。在一些实施例中，通信设备100可以包括一个或多个摄像头193。The communication device 100 can realize the shooting function through the ISP, the camera 193, the video codec, the GPU, the display screen 194 and the application processor. In some embodiments, the communication device 100 may include one or more cameras 193 .
ISP用于处理摄像头193反馈的数据。例如，拍照时，打开快门，光线通过镜头被传递到摄像头感光元件上，光信号转换为电信号，摄像头感光元件将所述电信号传递给ISP处理，转化为肉眼可见的图像。ISP还可以对图像的噪点，亮度，对比度进行算法优化。ISP还可以对拍摄场景的曝光，色温等参数优化。在一些实施例中，ISP可以设置在摄像头193中。The ISP is used to process the data fed back by the camera 193 . For example, when taking a photo, the shutter is opened, the light is transmitted to the camera photosensitive element through the lens, the light signal is converted into an electrical signal, and the camera photosensitive element transmits the electrical signal to the ISP for processing, and converts it into an image visible to the naked eye. ISP can also perform algorithm optimization on image noise, brightness and contrast. ISP can also optimize the exposure, color temperature and other parameters of the shooting scene. In some embodiments, the ISP may be provided in the camera 193 .
摄像头193用于捕获静态图像或视频。物体通过镜头生成光学图像投射到感光元件。感光元件可以是电荷耦合器件(charge coupled device，CCD)或互补金属氧化物半导体(complementary metal-oxide-semiconductor，CMOS)光电晶体管。感光元件把光信号转换成电信号，之后将电信号传递给ISP转换成数字图像信号。ISP将数字图像信号输出到DSP加工处理。DSP将数字图像信号转换成标准的RGB，YUV等格式的图像信号。摄像头193可以位于通信设备的正面，例如触控屏的上方，也可以位于其他位置，例如通信设备的背面。此外，摄像头193还可以包括采集人脸识别所需图像的摄像头，如红外摄像头或其他摄像头。该采集人脸识别所需图像的摄像头一般位于通信设备的正面，例如触控屏的上方，也可以位于其他位置，例如通信设备的背面，本发明实施例对此不做限制。在一些实施例中，通信设备100可以包括其他摄像头。通信设备还可以包括点阵发射器(图中未示出)，用于发射光线。Camera 193 is used to capture still images or video. The object is projected through the lens to generate an optical image onto the photosensitive element. The photosensitive element may be a charge coupled device (CCD) or a complementary metal-oxide-semiconductor (CMOS) phototransistor. The photosensitive element converts the optical signal into an electrical signal, and then transmits the electrical signal to the ISP to convert it into a digital image signal. The ISP outputs the digital image signal to the DSP for processing. DSP converts digital image signals into standard RGB, YUV and other formats of image signals. The camera 193 may be located on the front of the communication device, such as above the touch screen, or may be located at other positions, such as the back of the communication device. In addition, the camera 193 may also include a camera for collecting images required for face recognition, such as an infrared camera or other cameras. The camera that collects images required for face recognition is generally located on the front of the communication device, for example, above the touch screen, and may also be located at other locations, such as the back of the communication device, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present invention. In some embodiments, the communication device 100 may include other cameras. The communication device may also include a dot matrix emitter (not shown) for emitting light.
数字信号处理器用于处理数字信号，除了可以处理数字图像信号，还可以处理其他数字信号。例如，当通信设备100在频点选择时，数字信号处理器用于对频点能量进行傅里叶变换等。A digital signal processor is used to process digital signals, in addition to processing digital image signals, it can also process other digital signals. For example, when the communication device 100 selects a frequency point, the digital signal processor is used to perform Fourier transform on the frequency point energy, and the like.
视频编解码器用于对数字视频压缩或解压缩。通信设备100可以支持一种或多种视频编解码器。这样，通信设备100可以播放或录制多种编码格式的视频，例如：动态图像专家组(moving picture experts group，MPEG)1，MPEG2，MPEG3，MPEG4等。Video codecs are used to compress or decompress digital video. Communication device 100 may support one or more video codecs. In this way, the communication device 100 can play or record videos of various encoding formats, such as: Moving Picture Experts Group (moving picture experts group, MPEG) 1, MPEG2, MPEG3, MPEG4 and so on.
NPU为神经网络(neural-network，NN)计算处理器，通过借鉴生物神经网络结构，例如借 鉴人脑神经元之间传递模式，对输入信息快速处理，还可以不断的自学习。通过NPU可以实现通信设备100的智能认知等应用，例如：图像识别，人脸识别，语音识别，文本理解等。NPU is a neural-network (NN) computing processor. By borrowing the structure of biological neural network, such as the transmission mode between neurons in the human brain, it can quickly process the input information and can continuously learn by itself. Applications such as intelligent cognition of the communication device 100 can be implemented through the NPU, for example: image recognition, face recognition, speech recognition, text understanding, and the like.
外部存储器接口120可以用于连接外部存储卡，例如Micro SD卡，实现扩展通信设备100的存储能力。外部存储卡通过外部存储器接口120与处理器110通信，实现数据存储功能。例如将音乐，视频等文件保存在外部存储卡中。The external memory interface 120 can be used to connect an external memory card, such as a Micro SD card, to expand the storage capacity of the communication device 100. The external memory card communicates with the processor 110 through the external memory interface 120 to realize the data storage function. For example to save files like music, video etc in external memory card.
内部存储器121可以用于存储计算机可执行程序代码，所述可执行程序代码包括指令。处理器110通过运行存储在内部存储器121的指令，从而执行通信设备100的各种功能应用以及数据处理。内部存储器121可以包括存储程序区和存储数据区。其中，存储程序区可存储操作系统，至少一个功能所需的应用(比如通信功能、人脸识别功能、录像功能、视频播放功能、拍照功能、图像处理功能等)等。存储数据区可存储通信设备100使用过程中所创建的数据等。此外，内部存储器121可以包括高速随机存取存储器，还可以包括非易失性存储器，例如至少一个磁盘存储器件，闪存器件，通用闪存存储器(universal flash storage，UFS)等。Internal memory 121 may be used to store computer executable program code, which includes instructions. The processor 110 executes various functional applications and data processing of the communication device 100 by executing instructions stored in the internal memory 121 . The internal memory 121 may include a storage program area and a storage data area. The storage program area can store an operating system, an application required for at least one function (such as a communication function, a face recognition function, a video recording function, a video playback function, a photographing function, an image processing function, etc.). The storage data area may store data and the like created during the use of the communication device 100 . In addition, the internal memory 121 may include high-speed random access memory, and may also include non-volatile memory, such as at least one magnetic disk storage device, flash memory device, universal flash storage (UFS), and the like.
通信设备100可以通过音频模块170，扬声器170A，受话器170B，麦克风170C，耳机接口170D，以及应用处理器等实现音频功能。例如音乐播放，录音等。The communication device 100 may implement audio functions through an audio module 170, a speaker 170A, a receiver 170B, a microphone 170C, an earphone interface 170D, an application processor, and the like. Such as music playback, recording, etc.
音频模块170用于将数字音频信息转换成模拟音频信号输出，也用于将模拟音频输入转换为数字音频信号。The audio module 170 is used for converting digital audio information into analog audio signal output, and also for converting analog audio input into digital audio signal.
扬声器170A，也称“喇叭”，用于将音频电信号转换为声音信号。 Speaker 170A, also referred to as a "speaker", is used to convert audio electrical signals into sound signals.
受话器170B，也称“听筒”，用于将音频电信号转换成声音信号。The receiver 170B, also referred to as "earpiece", is used to convert audio electrical signals into sound signals.
麦克风170C，也称“话筒”，“传声器”，用于将声音信号转换为电信号。The microphone 170C, also called "microphone" or "microphone", is used to convert sound signals into electrical signals.
耳机接口170D用于连接有线耳机。耳机接口170D可以是USB接口130，也可以是3.5mm的开放移动通信设备平台(open mobile terminal platform，OMTP)标准接口，美国蜂窝电信工业协会(cellular telecommunications industry association of the USA，CTIA)标准接口。The earphone jack 170D is used to connect wired earphones. The earphone interface 170D can be a USB interface 130, or can be a 3.5mm open mobile terminal platform (OMTP) standard interface, a cellular telecommunications industry association of the USA (CTIA) standard interface.
压力传感器180A用于感受压力信号，可以将压力信号转换成电信号。在一些实施例中，压力传感器180A可以设置于显示屏194。压力传感器180A的种类很多，如电阻式压力传感器，电感式压力传感器，电容式压力传感器等。The pressure sensor 180A is used to sense pressure signals, and can convert the pressure signals into electrical signals. In some embodiments, the pressure sensor 180A may be provided on the display screen 194 . There are many types of pressure sensors 180A, such as resistive pressure sensors, inductive pressure sensors, capacitive pressure sensors, and the like.
陀螺仪传感器180B可以用于确定通信设备100的运动姿态。在一些实施例中，可以通过陀螺仪传感器180B确定通信设备100围绕三个轴(即，x，y和z轴)的角速度。The gyro sensor 180B may be used to determine the motion attitude of the communication device 100 . In some embodiments, the angular velocity of the communication device 100 about three axes (ie, the x, y, and z axes) may be determined by the gyro sensor 180B.
接近光传感器180G可以包括例如发光二极管(LED)和光检测器，例如光电二极管。发光二极管可以是红外发光二极管。Proximity light sensor 180G may include, for example, light emitting diodes (LEDs) and light detectors, such as photodiodes. The light emitting diodes may be infrared light emitting diodes.
环境光传感器180L用于感知环境光亮度。通信设备100可以根据感知的环境光亮度自适应调节显示屏194亮度。环境光传感器180L也可用于拍照时自动调节白平衡。The ambient light sensor 180L is used to sense ambient light brightness. The communication device 100 can adaptively adjust the brightness of the display screen 194 according to the perceived ambient light brightness. The ambient light sensor 180L can also be used to automatically adjust the white balance when taking pictures.
指纹传感器180H用于采集指纹。通信设备100可以利用采集的指纹特性实现指纹解锁，访问应用锁，指纹拍照，指纹接听来电等。其中，该指纹传感器180H可以设置在触控屏下方，通信设备100可以接收用户在触控屏上该指纹传感器对应的区域的触摸操作，通信设备100可以响应于该触摸操作，采集用户手指的指纹信息，实现相关功能。The fingerprint sensor 180H is used to collect fingerprints. The communication device 100 can use the collected fingerprint characteristics to realize fingerprint unlocking, accessing application locks, taking photos with fingerprints, answering incoming calls with fingerprints, and the like. The fingerprint sensor 180H can be arranged below the touch screen, the communication device 100 can receive a user's touch operation on the touch screen corresponding to the fingerprint sensor, and the communication device 100 can collect the fingerprint of the user's finger in response to the touch operation. information to implement related functions.
温度传感器180J用于检测温度。在一些实施例中，通信设备100利用温度传感器180J检测的温度，执行温度处理策略。The temperature sensor 180J is used to detect the temperature. In some embodiments, the communication device 100 utilizes the temperature detected by the temperature sensor 180J to implement a temperature handling strategy.
触摸传感器180K，也称“触控面板”。触摸传感器180K可以设置于显示屏194，由触摸传感器180K与显示屏194组成触摸屏，也称“触控屏”。触摸传感器180K用于检测作用于其上或附近的触摸操作。触摸传感器可以将检测到的触摸操作传递给应用处理器，以确定触摸 事件类型。可以通过显示屏194提供与触摸操作相关的视觉输出。在另一些实施例中，触摸传感器180K也可以设置于通信设备100的表面，与显示屏194所处的位置不同。Touch sensor 180K, also called "touch panel". The touch sensor 180K may be disposed on the display screen 194 , and the touch sensor 180K and the display screen 194 form a touch screen, also called a “touch screen”. The touch sensor 180K is used to detect a touch operation on or near it. The touch sensor can pass the detected touch operation to the application processor to determine the type of touch event. Visual output related to touch operations may be provided through display screen 194 . In other embodiments, the touch sensor 180K may also be disposed on the surface of the communication device 100 at a different location than the display screen 194 .
按键190包括开机键，音量键等。按键190可以是机械按键。也可以是触摸式按键。通信设备100可以接收按键输入，产生与通信设备100的用户设置以及功能控制有关的键信号输入。The keys 190 include a power-on key, a volume key, and the like. Keys 190 may be mechanical keys. It can also be a touch key. The communication device 100 may receive key inputs and generate key signal inputs related to user settings and function control of the communication device 100 .
指示器192可以是指示灯，可以用于指示充电状态，电量变化，也可以用于指示消息，未接来电，通知等。The indicator 192 can be an indicator light, which can be used to indicate the charging state, the change of the power, and can also be used to indicate a message, a missed call, a notification, and the like.
SIM卡接口195用于连接SIM卡。SIM卡可以通过插入SIM卡接口195，或从SIM卡接口195拔出，实现和通信设备100的接触和分离。在一些实施例中，通信设备100采用eSIM，即：嵌入式SIM卡。eSIM卡可以嵌在通信设备100中，不能和通信设备100分离。The SIM card interface 195 is used to connect a SIM card. The SIM card can be contacted and separated from the communication device 100 by inserting into the SIM card interface 195 or pulling out from the SIM card interface 195 . In some embodiments, the communication device 100 employs an eSIM, ie: an embedded SIM card. The eSIM card can be embedded in the communication device 100 and cannot be separated from the communication device 100 .
通信设备100可以是具备上述功能的智能手机、智能可穿戴设备、平板电脑和膝上计算机等等，本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。The communication device 100 may be a smart phone, a smart wearable device, a tablet computer, a laptop computer, etc. with the above functions, which are not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present application.
请参阅图7，图7是本申请实施例提供的一种通信设备的软件结构框图。Please refer to FIG. 7. FIG. 7 is a software structural block diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
分层架构将软件分成若干个层，每一层都有清晰的角色和分工。层与层之间通过软件接口通信。在一些实施例中，将安卓(Android)系统分为四层，从上至下分别为应用程序层，应用程序框架层，安卓运行时(Android runtime)和系统库，以及内核层。应该理解的是，图7所示的软件结构仅为示意性说明，在一些可能的实施例中，通信设备100可以具有比图中所示的更多的或者更少的结构，等等，本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。The layered architecture divides the software into several layers, and each layer has a clear role and division of labor. Layers communicate with each other through software interfaces. In some embodiments, the Android system is divided into four layers, which are, from top to bottom, an application layer, an application framework layer, an Android runtime (Android runtime) and a system library, and a kernel layer. It should be understood that the software structure shown in FIG. 7 is only a schematic illustration, and in some possible embodiments, the communication device 100 may have more or less structures than those shown in the figure, and so on. This is not specifically limited in the application examples.
应用程序层可以包括一系列应用程序包。The application layer can include a series of application packages.
如图7所示，应用程序包可以包括相机，图库，日历，通话，地图，导航，WLAN，蓝牙，音乐，视频，短信息等应用程序(也可以称为应用)。还可以包括本申请涉及的相关通信应用，通过该通信应用可以运用本申请中的一种通信方法，在LTE和NR共用天线的基础上，实现LTE天线切换和NR的SRS轮发，并且两者之间互不干扰。如此，一方面通过LTE天线切换保证始终通过信号较好的天线进行数据传输，保证用户的使用体验，另一方面保证SRS轮发的可靠进行，保证基站对通信设备的信道质量估计等等。As shown in FIG. 7 , the application package may include applications (also referred to as applications) such as camera, gallery, calendar, call, map, navigation, WLAN, Bluetooth, music, video, and short message. It can also include the relevant communication applications involved in the present application, through which a communication method in the present application can be used to realize LTE antenna switching and NR SRS rotation based on the shared antenna of LTE and NR, and both not interfere with each other. In this way, on the one hand, the LTE antenna switching ensures that data transmission is always carried out through the antenna with better signal to ensure the user experience, and on the other hand, it ensures the reliable progress of SRS rotation, and ensures that the base station can estimate the channel quality of the communication equipment, and so on.
应用程序框架层为应用程序层的应用程序提供应用编程接口(application programming interface，API)和编程框架。应用程序框架层包括一些预先定义的函数。The application framework layer provides an application programming interface (application programming interface, API) and a programming framework for applications in the application layer. The application framework layer includes some predefined functions.
如图7所示，应用程序框架层可以包括窗口管理器，内容提供器，视图系统，电话管理器，资源管理器，通知管理器等。As shown in Figure 7, the application framework layer may include a window manager, a content provider, a view system, a telephony manager, a resource manager, a notification manager, and the like.
窗口管理器用于管理窗口程序。窗口管理器可以获取显示屏大小，判断是否有状态栏，锁定屏幕，截取屏幕等。A window manager is used to manage window programs. The window manager can get the size of the display screen, determine whether there is a status bar, lock the screen, take screenshots, etc.
内容提供器用来存放和获取数据，并使这些数据可以被应用程序访问。所述数据可以包括视频，图像，音频，拨打和接听的电话，浏览历史和书签，电话簿等。Content providers are used to store and retrieve data and make these data accessible to applications. The data may include video, images, audio, calls made and received, browsing history and bookmarks, phone book, etc.
视图系统包括可视控件，例如显示文字的控件，显示图片的控件等。视图系统可用于构建应用程序。显示界面可以由一个或多个视图组成的。例如，包括短信通知图标的显示界面，可以包括显示文字的视图以及显示图片的视图。The view system includes visual controls, such as controls for displaying text, controls for displaying pictures, and so on. View systems can be used to build applications. A display interface can consist of one or more views. For example, the display interface including the short message notification icon may include a view for displaying text and a view for displaying pictures.
电话管理器用于提供通信设备100的通信功能。例如通话状态的管理(包括接通，挂断等)。The phone manager is used to provide the communication function of the communication device 100 . For example, the management of call status (including connecting, hanging up, etc.).
资源管理器为应用程序提供各种资源，比如本地化字符串，图标，图片，布局文件，视频文件等等。The resource manager provides various resources for the application, such as localization strings, icons, pictures, layout files, video files and so on.
通知管理器使应用程序可以在状态栏中显示通知信息，可以用于传达告知类型的消息，可以短暂停留后自动消失，无需用户交互。比如通知管理器被用于告知下载完成，消息提醒等。通知管理器还可以是以图表或者滚动条文本形式出现在系统顶部状态栏的通知，例如后台运行的应用程序的通知，还可以是以对话界面形式出现在屏幕上的通知。例如在状态栏提示文本信息，发出提示音，通信设备振动，指示灯闪烁等。The notification manager enables applications to display notification information in the status bar, which can be used to convey notification-type messages, and can disappear automatically after a brief pause without user interaction. For example, the notification manager is used to notify download completion, message reminders, etc. The notification manager can also display notifications in the status bar at the top of the system in the form of graphs or scroll bar text, such as notifications from applications running in the background, and can also display notifications on the screen in the form of a dialog interface. For example, text information is prompted in the status bar, a prompt tone is issued, the communication device vibrates, and the indicator light flashes.
Android Runtime包括核心库和虚拟机。Android runtime负责安卓系统的调度和管理。Android Runtime includes core libraries and a virtual machine. Android runtime is responsible for scheduling and management of the Android system.
核心库包含两部分：一部分是java语言需要调用的功能函数，另一部分是安卓的核心库。The core library consists of two parts: one is the function functions that the java language needs to call, and the other is the core library of Android.
应用程序层和应用程序框架层运行在虚拟机中。虚拟机将应用程序层和应用程序框架层的java文件执行为二进制文件。虚拟机用于执行对象生命周期的管理，堆栈管理，线程管理，安全和异常的管理，以及垃圾回收等功能。The application layer and the application framework layer run in virtual machines. The virtual machine executes the java files of the application layer and the application framework layer as binary files. The virtual machine is used to perform functions such as object lifecycle management, stack management, thread management, safety and exception management, and garbage collection.
系统库可以包括多个功能模块，例如：表面管理器(surface manager)，媒体库(Media Libraries)，三维图形处理库(例如：OpenGL ES)，2D图形引擎(例如：SGL)等。The system library may include multiple functional modules, such as: surface manager (surface manager), media library (Media Libraries), 3D graphics processing library (eg: OpenGL ES), 2D graphics engine (eg: SGL) and so on.
表面管理器用于对显示子系统进行管理，并且为多个应用程序提供了2D和3D图层的融合。The Surface Manager is used to manage the display subsystem and provides a fusion of 2D and 3D layers for multiple applications.
媒体库支持多种常用的音频，视频格式回放和录制，以及静态图像文件等。媒体库可以支持多种音视频编码格式，例如:MPEG4，H.264，MP3，AAC，AMR，JPG，PNG等。本申请中涉及的视频格式例如可以为RM，RMVB，MOV，MTV，AVI，AMV，DMV，FLV等。The media library supports playback and recording of a variety of commonly used audio and video formats, as well as still image files. The media library can support a variety of audio and video encoding formats, such as: MPEG4, H.264, MP3, AAC, AMR, JPG, PNG, etc. The video formats involved in this application can be, for example, RM, RMVB, MOV, MTV, AVI, AMV, DMV, FLV, and so on.
三维图形处理库用于实现三维图形绘图，图像渲染，合成，和图层处理等。The 3D graphics processing library is used to implement 3D graphics drawing, image rendering, compositing, and layer processing.
2D图形引擎是2D绘图的绘图引擎。2D graphics engine is a drawing engine for 2D drawing.
内核层是硬件和软件之间的层，内核层至少包含显示驱动，摄像头驱动，音频驱动，传感器驱动。The kernel layer is the layer between hardware and software. The kernel layer contains at least display drivers, camera drivers, audio drivers, and sensor drivers.
请参阅图8，图8是本申请实施例提供的一种开关装置001的结构示意图。如图8所示，该开关装置1001可以应用于通信设备(例如图6所示的通信设备100)，该通信设备可以包括如图8所示的天线系统002。可选地，该天线系统002和开关装置001可以位于上述图6所示的通信系统100中的天线系统151中。其中，该天线系统002可以包括K根天线，例如图8所示的天线002a、002b、002c和002d等等，天线002a、002b、002c和002d可以为支持LTE频段以及5G NR频段的天线。如图8所示，该开关装置001可以包括N+X个第一端口，K+N个第二端口和N个合路器；其中，N、X、K为大于或者等于1的整数。其中，如图8所示，该K+N个第二端口中的K个第二端口分别与该K根天线一一连接；该K+N个第二端口中的N个第二端口分别与该N个合路器各自的第一输入端一一连接；该N个合路器各自的输出端分别与该N+X个第一端口中的N个第一端口一一连接。Please refer to FIG. 8 , which is a schematic structural diagram of a switch device 001 provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 8 , the switching device 1001 may be applied to a communication device (eg, the communication device 100 shown in FIG. 6 ), and the communication device may include the antenna system 002 shown in FIG. 8 . Optionally, the antenna system 002 and the switching device 001 may be located in the antenna system 151 in the communication system 100 shown in FIG. 6 above. Wherein, the antenna system 002 may include K antennas, such as the antennas 002a, 002b, 002c, and 002d shown in FIG. 8, etc., and the antennas 002a, 002b, 002c, and 002d may be antennas that support the LTE frequency band and the 5G NR frequency band. As shown in FIG. 8 , the switch device 001 may include N+X first ports, K+N second ports, and N combiners; wherein N, X, and K are integers greater than or equal to 1. Wherein, as shown in FIG. 8 , the K second ports in the K+N second ports are respectively connected with the K antennas one by one; the N second ports in the K+N second ports are respectively connected with the K antennas. The respective first input ends of the N combiners are connected one by one; the respective output ends of the N combiners are respectively connected with the N first ports among the N+X first ports.
如图8所示，该开关装置001可以用于导通该N个第一端口中的第i个第一端口与该K个第二端口中的第j个第二端口，以通过与该第j个第二端口连接的第j根天线传输第一类信号(例如为LTE主集发射信号，等等)。其中，i为大于或者等于1，且小于或者等于N的整数，j为大于或者等于1，且小于或者等于K的整数。As shown in FIG. 8 , the switching device 001 can be used to turn on the i-th first port among the N first ports and the j-th second port among the K second ports, so as to pass the The jth antenna connected to the j second ports transmits the first type of signal (eg, transmits signals for the LTE main set, etc.). Wherein, i is an integer greater than or equal to 1 and less than or equal to N, and j is an integer greater than or equal to 1 and less than or equal to K.
并且，当第二类信号(例如NR主集发射信号，或者说探测参考信号SRS，等等)也需要通过该第j根天线传输时(例如SRS轮发至该第j根天线时)，可以导通该开关装置的X个第一端口中的第s个第一端口与该N个第二端口中的第i个第二端口，经由与该第i个第二端口连接的第i个合路器，以及与该第i个合路器连接的该第i个第一端口，将该第s个第一 端口导通至该第j个第二端口，以通过该第j根天线传输该第二类信号。其中，s为大于或者等于1，且小于或者等于X的整数。In addition, when the second type of signal (for example, the NR main set transmit signal, or the sounding reference signal SRS, etc.) also needs to be transmitted through the jth antenna (for example, when the SRS is sent to the jth antenna in turn), you can Turn on the s th first port among the X first ports of the switching device and the i th second port among the N second ports, via the i th combination connected with the ith second port. and the i-th first port connected to the i-th combiner, conducting the s-th first port to the j-th second port to transmit the j-th antenna through the j-th antenna The second type of signal. Wherein, s is an integer greater than or equal to 1 and less than or equal to X.
此外，当该第二类信号需要通过第j’根天线传输时(例如SRS轮发至该第j’根天线时)，可以导通该开关装置的X个第一端口中的第s个第一端口与该K个第二端口中的第j’个第二端口，并通过对应的第j’根天线传输所述第二类信号；j’为大于或者等于1，且小于或者等于K的整数，j不等于j’。In addition, when the second type of signal needs to be transmitted through the j'th antenna (for example, when the SRS is sent to the j'th antenna in turn), the sth first port of the X first ports of the switching device can be turned on A port and the j'th second port among the K second ports, and transmit the second type signal through the corresponding j'th antenna; j' is greater than or equal to 1 and less than or equal to K Integer, j is not equal to j'.
如此，保证了两类信号在共用一个天线系统，也即减少了天线数量的情况下，双方均可以选择共用的天线系统内的任意天线进行信号传输，满足第一类信号在占用天线进行传输时，第二类信号可以根据实际需求通过开关装置选择同一根天线或者其他天线进行传输，不会因为一方占用天线而打断另一方的传输，互相之间没有干扰。In this way, it is ensured that when the two types of signals share one antenna system, that is, when the number of antennas is reduced, both parties can select any antenna in the shared antenna system for signal transmission, which satisfies the requirements of the first type of signals when the antenna is occupied for transmission. , the second type of signal can be transmitted by selecting the same antenna or other antennas through the switching device according to the actual needs, and the transmission of the other party will not be interrupted because one party occupies the antenna, and there is no mutual interference.
请参阅图9，图9是本申请实施例提供的另一种开关装置的结构示意图。如图9所示，该通信设备还可以包括射频电路，其中，该射频电路可以包括第一类电路和第二类电路。具体地，该第一类电路可以包括第一主集发射电路(例如图9中的LTE TX1)、第一主集接收电路(例如图9中的LTE PRX1)和第一分集接收电路(例如图9中的LTE DRX1)，其中，如图9所示，LTE TX1和LTE PRX1可以通过双工器(duplexer，图中未示出)进行合路。具体地，该第二类电路可以包括第二主集发射电路(例如图9中的NR TX2)、第二主集接收电路(例如图9中的NR PRX2)和第二分集接收电路(例如图9中的NR DRX2)，其中，如图9所示，NR TX2和NR PRX2也可以通过双工器(图中未示出)进行合路。可选地，如图9所示，该射频电路还可以包括NR MIMO PRX2和NR MIMO DRX2。可选地，上述LTE TX1、NR TX2中均可以包括功率放大器，上述LTE PRX1、LTE DRX1、NR PRX2、NR DRX2、NR MIMO PRX2和NR MIMO DRX2中均可以包括低噪声放大器，等等。可选地，上述各个电路均可以连接至射频收发机(图中未示出)，此处不再进行详述。Please refer to FIG. 9. FIG. 9 is a schematic structural diagram of another switch device provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 9 , the communication device may further include a radio frequency circuit, wherein the radio frequency circuit may include a first type of circuit and a second type of circuit. Specifically, the first type of circuit may include a first main set transmitting circuit (such as LTE TX1 in FIG. 9 ), a first main set receiving circuit (such as LTE PRX1 in FIG. 9 ), and a first diversity receiving circuit (such as FIG. 9 ) LTE DRX1 in 9), wherein, as shown in FIG. 9, LTE TX1 and LTE PRX1 can be combined by a duplexer (duplexer, not shown in the figure). Specifically, the second type of circuit may include a second main set transmit circuit (for example, NR TX2 in FIG. 9 ), a second main set receive circuit (for example, NR PRX2 in FIG. 9 ), and a second diversity receive circuit (for example, in FIG. 9 ). NR DRX2 in 9), wherein, as shown in Figure 9, NR TX2 and NR PRX2 can also be combined by a duplexer (not shown in the figure). Optionally, as shown in FIG. 9 , the radio frequency circuit may further include NR MIMO PRX2 and NR MIMO DRX2. Optionally, power amplifiers may be included in the above-mentioned LTE TX1 and NR TX2, and low-noise amplifiers may be included in the above-mentioned LTE PRX1, LTE DRX1, NR PRX2, NR DRX2, NR MIMO PRX2, and NR MIMO DRX2, and so on. Optionally, each of the above circuits may be connected to a radio frequency transceiver (not shown in the figure), which will not be described in detail here.
请一并参考图9以及前述图1和图2对应实施例的描述，需要说明的是，一般情况下，LTE和NR都需要4根天线，也即本申请实施例中的天线系统内可以包括4根天线(也即K可以等于4)，具体可以包括如图9所示的ANT1、ANT2、ANT3和ANT4。如图9所示，该开关装置具体可以包括2个单刀双掷开关(SPDT101和SPDT102)、2个合路器(合路器201和合路器202)、3个双刀双掷开关(DPDT301、DPDT302和DPDT303)和一个双刀四掷开关(DP4T401)。其中，SPDT101和SPDT102中均可以包括一个P端口(例如图9所示SPDT101和SPDT102中各自的端口A)以及2个T端口(例如图9所示SPDT101和SPDT102中各自的端口1和端口2)；DPDT301、DPDT302和DPDT303中均可以包括2个P端口(例如图9所示DPDT301、DPDT302和DPDT303中各自的端口A和端口B)和2个T端口(例如图9所示DPDT301、DPDT302和DPDT303中各自的端口1和端口2)；DP4T401中可以包括2个P端口(例如图9所示DP4T401中的端口A和端口B)和4个T端口(例如图9所示DP4T401中的端口1、端口2、端口3和端口4)。此外，如图9所示，合路器201和合路器202均可以包括高频端(也即图8对应实施例中的第一输入端)和低频端(也即图8对应实施例中的第二输入端)这两个输入端。Please refer to FIG. 9 and the descriptions of the corresponding embodiments in FIG. 1 and FIG. 2. It should be noted that, in general, LTE and NR both require four antennas, that is, the antenna system in the embodiment of the present application may include 4 antennas (that is, K may be equal to 4), which may specifically include ANT1, ANT2, ANT3 and ANT4 as shown in FIG. 9 . As shown in FIG. 9, the switch device may specifically include two SPDT switches (SPDT101 and SPDT102), two combiners (combiner 201 and combiner 202), and three double-pole double-throw switches (DPDT301, DPDT302 and DPDT303) and a double pole four throw switch (DP4T401). Wherein, both SPDT101 and SPDT102 may include one P port (for example, port A in SPDT101 and SPDT102 shown in FIG. 9 ) and two T ports (for example, port 1 and port 2 in SPDT101 and SPDT102 shown in FIG. 9 ) ; DPDT301, DPDT302 and DPDT303 can include 2 P ports (such as the respective ports A and B in DPDT301, DPDT302 and DPDT303 shown in Figure 9) and 2 T ports (such as DPDT301, DPDT302 and DPDT303 shown in Figure 9) DP4T401 can include 2 P ports (such as port A and port B in DP4T401 shown in Figure 9) and 4 T ports (such as port 1, port 2, port 3 and port 4). In addition, as shown in FIG. 9 , both the combiner 201 and the combiner 202 may include a high frequency end (that is, the first input end in the embodiment corresponding to FIG. 8 ) and a low frequency end (that is, the first input end in the embodiment corresponding to FIG. 8 ) second input) these two inputs.
请一并参考图8和图9，上述N个合路器可以包括合路器201和合路器202；上述N个第一端口可以包括DPDT301的端口A和端口B；上述X个第一端口可以包括DP4T401的端口A和端口B；上述K个第二端口可以包括DPDT302的端口1和端口2，以及DPDT303的 端口1和端口2；上述N个第二端口可以包括DP4T401的端口1和端口4。Please refer to FIG. 8 and FIG. 9 together, the above N combiners may include a combiner 201 and a combiner 202; the above N first ports may include port A and port B of the DPDT 301; the above X first ports may Including port A and port B of DP4T401; the above K second ports may include port 1 and port 2 of DPDT302, and port 1 and port 2 of DPDT303; the above N second ports may include port 1 and port 4 of DP4T401.
其中，如图9所示，NR MIMO DRX2与SPDT101的端口2连接，SPDT101的端口A与合路器201的高频端连接，LTE DRX1与合路器201的低频端连接(可以理解的是，LTE的频段往往低于NR的频段)，合路器201的输出端与DPDT301的端口A连接，DPDT301的端口1与DPDT302的端口A连接，DPDT302的端口1与天线ANT1连接。Among them, as shown in Figure 9, NR MIMO DRX2 is connected to port 2 of SPDT101, port A of SPDT101 is connected to the high frequency end of combiner 201, and LTE DRX1 is connected to the low frequency end of combiner 201 (it can be understood that, The frequency band of LTE is often lower than the frequency band of NR), the output end of the combiner 201 is connected to the port A of the DPDT301, the port 1 of the DPDT301 is connected to the port A of the DPDT302, and the port 1 of the DPDT302 is connected to the antenna ANT1.
其中，如图9所示，NR MIMO PRX2与SPDT102的端口2连接，SPDT102的端口A与合路器202的高频端连接，LTE TX1/PRX1与合路器202的低频端连接，合路器202的输出端与DPDT301的端口B连接，DPDT301的端口2与DPDT303的端口A连接，DPDT303的端口1与天线ANT2连接。Among them, as shown in Figure 9, NR MIMO PRX2 is connected to port 2 of SPDT102, port A of SPDT102 is connected to the high frequency end of combiner 202, LTE TX1/PRX1 is connected to the low frequency end of combiner 202, and the combiner The output end of 202 is connected with port B of DPDT301, port 2 of DPDT301 is connected with port A of DPDT303, and port 1 of DPDT303 is connected with antenna ANT2.
其中，如图9所示，NR DRX2与DP4T401的端口A连接，DP4T401的端口1与SPDT101的端口1连接，DP4T401的端口2与DPDT302的端口B连接，DPDT302的端口2与天线ANT3连接。Among them, as shown in Figure 9, NR DRX2 is connected to port A of DP4T401, port 1 of DP4T401 is connected to port 1 of SPDT101, port 2 of DP4T401 is connected to port B of DPDT302, and port 2 of DPDT302 is connected to antenna ANT3.
其中，如图9所示，NR TX2/PRX2与DP4T的端口B连接，DP4T的端口4与SPDT102的端口1连接，DP4T401的端口3与DPDT303的端口B连接，DPDT303的端口2与天线ANT4连接。Among them, as shown in Figure 9, NR TX2/PRX2 is connected to port B of DP4T, port 4 of DP4T is connected to port 1 of SPDT102, port 3 of DP4T401 is connected to port B of DPDT303, and port 2 of DPDT303 is connected to antenna ANT4.
下面，将结合上述对开关装置中各个器件的简单介绍，以及射频电路与各个器件间的电路连接关系，对各个器件的功能进行详细介绍：Below, the function of each device will be introduced in detail in combination with the above-mentioned brief introduction to each device in the switching device, as well as the circuit connection relationship between the radio frequency circuit and each device:
SPDT101：端口A只能与端口1和端口2中的一个端口导通，可以用于在SRS轮发时(也即NR TX2发射信号时)导通端口A与端口1，此时端口A与端口2之间的通路断开，NR MIMO DRX2不工作，以将通道让给SRS到对应的天线进行发射。SPDT101: Port A can only be connected to one of ports 1 and 2, which can be used to conduct port A and port 1 when SRS is in turn (that is, when NR TX2 transmits signals). At this time, port A and port The path between 2 is disconnected, and NR MIMO DRX2 does not work to give the channel to the SRS to transmit to the corresponding antenna.
SPDT102：端口A只能与端口1和端口2中的一个端口导通，可以用于在SRS轮发时导通端口A与端口1，此时端口A与端口2之间的通路断开，NR MIMO PRX2不工作，以将通道让给SRS到对应的天线进行发射。SPDT102: Port A can only be connected to one of the ports 1 and 2. It can be used to connect port A and port 1 during SRS rotation. At this time, the path between port A and port 2 is disconnected, and NR MIMO PRX2 does not work to give the channel to the SRS to transmit to the corresponding antenna.
合路器201：将NR和LTE不同频率的信号区合并，使两个不同频率的信号可以使用同一根天线进行传输(也即NR和LTE使用同一根天线同时发射或者同时接收信号)。如上所述，其中，NR MIMO DRX2走合路器201中的高频通道，LTE DRX1走低频通道。Combiner 201: Combine the signal regions of different frequencies of NR and LTE, so that two signals of different frequencies can be transmitted using the same antenna (that is, NR and LTE use the same antenna to transmit or receive signals simultaneously). As mentioned above, among them, the NR MIMO DRX2 is the high frequency channel in the combiner 201, and the LTE DRX1 is the low frequency channel.
合路器202：将NR和LTE不同频率的信号区合并，使两个不同频率的信号可以使用同一根天线进行传输。同时发送或者接收。如上所述，其中，NR MIMO PRX2走合路器202中的高频通道，LTE TX1/PRX1走低频通道。Combiner 202: Combine the signal regions of different frequencies of NR and LTE, so that two signals of different frequencies can be transmitted by using the same antenna. Send or receive at the same time. As mentioned above, among them, the NR MIMO PRX2 takes the high frequency channel in the combiner 202, and the LTE TX1/PRX1 takes the low frequency channel.
DPDT301：存在直通和交叉导通两个状态。直通状态为A-1\B-2导通，交叉导通状态为A-2/B-1导通。如图9所示，可以通过TAS ctrl(例如为与该开关装置连接的处理器或者控制器，或者其中的部分等等)控制DPDT301实现TAS切换功能，使LTE信号在上天线(ANT1、ANT3)和下天线(ANT2、ANT4)之间切换。DPDT301: There are two states of through and cross conduction. The straight-through state is A-1\B-2 conduction, and the cross conduction state is A-2/B-1 conduction. As shown in Figure 9, the DPDT301 can be controlled by TAS ctrl (for example, a processor or a controller connected to the switch device, or a part thereof, etc.) to implement the TAS switching function, so that the LTE signal is on the upper antenna (ANT1, ANT3) and lower antennas (ANT2, ANT4).
DPDT302：存在直通和交叉导通两个状态。直通状态为A-1\B-2导通，交叉导通状态为A-2/B-1导通。如图9所示，可以通过MAS_ctrl_1控制DPDT302实现MAS切换功能，使LTE信号在上天线的左右天线(ANT1、ANT3)之间切换。DPDT302: There are two states of through and cross conduction. The straight-through state is A-1\B-2 conduction, and the cross conduction state is A-2/B-1 conduction. As shown in FIG. 9 , the MAS switching function can be implemented by controlling the DPDT 302 through MAS_ctrl_1, so that the LTE signal can be switched between the left and right antennas (ANT1, ANT3) of the upper antenna.
DPDT303：存在直通和交叉导通两个状态。直通状态为A-1\B-2导通，交叉导通状态为A-2/B-1导通。如图9所示，可以通过MAS_ctrl_2控制DPDT303实现MAS切换功能，使LTE信号在下天线的左右天线(ANT2、ANT3)之间切换。DPDT303: There are two states of through and cross conduction. The straight-through state is A-1\B-2 conduction, and the cross conduction state is A-2/B-1 conduction. As shown in Figure 9, MAS_ctrl_2 can be used to control the DPDT303 to implement the MAS switching function, so that the LTE signal can be switched between the left and right antennas (ANT2, ANT3) of the lower antenna.
DP4T401：端口A和端口B可以与端口1、端口2、端口3和端口4之间任意两个不同的端口导通。DP4T401主要实现NR主分集(也即NR TX2/PRX2、NR DRX2)与天线的连接，并且使得NR TX2可以通过DP4T401在天线ANT1、ANT3、ANT2和ANT4上做SRS轮发。DP4T401: Port A and Port B can be connected to any two different ports between Port 1, Port 2, Port 3 and Port 4. DP4T401 mainly realizes the connection between NR main diversity (ie NR TX2/PRX2, NR DRX2) and antenna, and enables NR TX2 to do SRS rotation on antennas ANT1, ANT3, ANT2 and ANT4 through DP4T401.
基于上述图8和图9对应实施例的描述，下面将通过对各类情况的详细具体，进一步阐述本申请提供的开关装置如何实现LTE和NR共用天线，且彼此之间互不干扰。请参阅图10a-图10h，图10a-图10h是本申请实施例提供的一组天线选择电路的示意图。Based on the descriptions of the corresponding embodiments in FIG. 8 and FIG. 9 , the following will further describe how the switch device provided by the present application realizes the shared antenna of LTE and NR without interfering with each other by detailing various situations. Please refer to FIGS. 10a-10h. FIGS. 10a-10h are schematic diagrams of a group of antenna selection circuits provided by embodiments of the present application.
(1)如图10a所示，默认状态下，LTE控制器控制DPDT301直通(A-1/B-2导通)，DPDT302直通(A-1/B-2导通)，DPDT303直通(A-1/B-2导通)，以及控制SPDT101为A-2导通(也即SPDT101中的端口A与端口2导通)，SPDT102为A-2导通。如图10a所示，此时，LTE DRX1经由合路器201的低频端、输出端、DPDT301的端口A、端口1、DPDT302的端口A、端口1与天线ANT1连接，也即LTE分集工作在ANT1，通过ANT1接收LTE分集接收信号；LTE TX1/PRX1经由合路器202的低频端、输出端、DPDT301的端口B、端口2、DPDT303的端口A、端口1与天线ANT2连接，也即LTE主集工作在ANT2，通过ANT2发射LTE主集发射信号以及接收LTE主集接收信号；NR MIMO DRX2经由SPDT101的端口2、端口A、合路器201的高频端、输出端、DPDT301的端口A、端口1、DPDT302的端口A、端口1与天线ANT1连接，也即NR MIMO DRX2工作在ANT1；NR MIMO PRX2经由SPDT102的端口2、端口A、合路器202的高频端、输出端、DPDT301的端口B、端口2、DPDT303的端口A、端口1与天线ANT2连接，也即NR MIMO PRX2工作在ANT2。(1) As shown in Figure 10a, by default, the LTE controller controls the DPDT301 pass-through (A-1/B-2 is turned on), the DPDT302 pass-through (A-1/B-2 is turned on), and the DPDT303 pass-through (A-1/B-2 is turned on). 1/B-2 is turned on), and control SPDT101 to be A-2 turned on (that is, port A and port 2 in SPDT101 are turned on), and SPDT102 to be A-2 turned on. As shown in Figure 10a, at this time, the LTE DRX1 is connected to the antenna ANT1 via the low frequency end, the output end of the combiner 201, the port A of the DPDT301, the port 1, the port A of the DPDT302, and the port 1, that is, the LTE diversity works at ANT1. , receive the LTE diversity received signal through ANT1; LTE TX1/PRX1 is connected to the antenna ANT2 through the low frequency end, the output end of the combiner 202, the port B of the DPDT301, the port 2, the port A of the DPDT303, the port 1 and the antenna ANT2, that is, the LTE main set Works in ANT2, transmits LTE main set transmit signal and receives LTE main set receive signal through ANT2; NR MIMO DRX2 passes through port 2, port A of SPDT101, high frequency end and output end of combiner 201, port A, port of DPDT301 1. The port A and port 1 of the DPDT302 are connected to the antenna ANT1, that is, the NR MIMO DRX2 works in ANT1; B. Port 2, port A and port 1 of DPDT303 are connected to antenna ANT2, that is, NR MIMO PRX2 works in ANT2.
如上所述，在图10a所示的LTE天线选择状态下，若此时发起NR的1T4R SRS，则可以通过控制DP4T401来实现。请参阅图11a-图11d，图11a-图11d是本申请实施例提供的一组SRS轮发的电路示意图。As described above, in the LTE antenna selection state shown in Figure 10a, if 1T4R SRS of NR is initiated at this time, it can be realized by controlling DP4T401. Please refer to FIG. 11a-FIG. 11d. FIG. 11a-FIG. 11d are schematic circuit diagrams of a group of SRS rotation provided by the embodiment of the present application.
SRS1：如图11a所示，控制DP4T401为B-3导通(也即DP4T401中的端口B与端口3导通)，此时，NR TX2经由DP4T的端口B、端口3、DPDT303的端口B、端口2与天线ANT4连接。如图11a所示，此时SRS1在ANT4上发射。SRS1: As shown in Figure 11a, control DP4T401 to be B-3 turned on (that is, port B and port 3 in DP4T401 are turned on). At this time, NR TX2 passes through DP4T's port B, port 3, DPDT303's port B, Port 2 is connected to the antenna ANT4. As shown in Figure 11a, SRS1 is now transmitting on ANT4.
SRS2：如图11b所示，控制DP4T401为B-2导通，此时，NR TX2经由DP4T的端口B、端口2、DPDT302的端口B、端口2与天线ANT3连接。如图11b所示，此时SRS2在ANT3上发射。需要说明的是，请一并参考图11a和图11b，若DP4T401的初始状态或者历史状态为A-2导通，则可以通过B-2导通直接覆盖原先的A-2导通，或者如图11b所示，可以切换至A-3导通，等等。可以理解的是，由于NR采取TDD工作模式，因此其发射和接收不同时进行，当NR TX2需要占用通道从而通过对应天线进行SRS轮发时，NR DRX2可以不工作并让出通道。SRS2: As shown in Figure 11b, control DP4T401 to turn on B-2. At this time, NR TX2 is connected to antenna ANT3 via port B, port 2 of DP4T, port B and port 2 of DPDT302. As shown in Figure 11b, SRS2 is transmitting on ANT3 at this time. It should be noted that, please refer to Figure 11a and Figure 11b together, if the initial state or historical state of DP4T401 is A-2 conduction, the original A-2 conduction can be directly covered by B-2 conduction, or as shown in As shown in Figure 11b, it is possible to switch to A-3 on, and so on. It can be understood that since NR adopts the TDD working mode, its transmission and reception are not carried out at the same time. When NR TX2 needs to occupy the channel to perform SRS rotation through the corresponding antenna, NR DRX2 can not work and give up the channel.
SRS3：如图11c所示，控制DP4T401为B-4导通，并同时控制SPDT102为A-1导通，此时，NR TX2经由DP4T的端口B、端口4、SPDT102的端口1、端口A、合路器202的高频端、输出端、DPDT301的端口B、端口2、DPDT303的端口A、端口1与天线ANT2连接。如图11c所示，此时SRS3在ANT2上发射。如上所述，由于NR采取TDD工作模式，因此其发射和接收不同时进行，当NR TX2需要占用通道从而通过对应天线进行SRS轮发时，NR MIMO PRX2可以不工作并让出通道。SRS3: As shown in Figure 11c, control DP4T401 to turn on B-4, and control SPDT102 to turn on A-1. At this time, NR TX2 passes through DP4T port B, port 4, SPDT102 port 1, port A, The high frequency end, the output end of the combiner 202, the port B, the port 2 of the DPDT301, the port A and the port 1 of the DPDT303 are connected to the antenna ANT2. As shown in Figure 11c, SRS3 is transmitting on ANT2 at this time. As mentioned above, since NR adopts the TDD working mode, its transmission and reception are not performed at the same time. When NR TX2 needs to occupy the channel to perform SRS rotation through the corresponding antenna, NR MIMO PRX2 can not work and give up the channel.
SRS4：如图11d所示，控制DP4T401为B-1导通，并同时控制SPDT101为A-1导通， 此时，NR TX2经由DP4T的端口B、端口1、SPDT101的端口1、端口A、合路器201的高频端、输出端、DPDT301的端口A、端口1、DPDT302的端口A、端口1与天线ANT1连接。如图11d所示，此时SRS4在ANT1上发射。如上所述，由于NR采取TDD工作模式，因此其发射和接收不同时进行，当NR TX2需要占用通道从而通过对应天线进行SRS轮发时，NR MIMO DRX2可以不工作并让出通道。SRS4: As shown in Figure 11d, control DP4T401 to turn on B-1, and control SPDT101 to turn on A-1 at the same time, at this time, NR TX2 passes through DP4T port B, port 1, SPDT101 port 1, port A, The high frequency end, the output end of the combiner 201, the port A and the port 1 of the DPDT301, the port A and the port 1 of the DPDT302 are connected to the antenna ANT1. As shown in Figure 11d, SRS4 is now transmitting on ANT1. As mentioned above, since NR adopts the TDD working mode, its transmission and reception are not performed at the same time. When NR TX2 needs to occupy the channel to perform SRS rotation through the corresponding antenna, NR MIMO DRX2 can not work and give up the channel.
如上所述，在默认状态下，也即在DPDT301直通，DPDT302直通，DPDT303直通的情况下，可以通过控制DP4T401轮流导通B-3→B-2→B-4→B-1，从而使得NR控制器可以轮流在天线ANT4→ANT3→ANT2→ANT1上进行1T4R的SRS轮发。可选地，开发人员也可以通过改变DP4T的导通顺序，从而改变SRS轮发时使用的天线顺序，例如，若采取控制DP4T轮流导通B-1→B-2→B-3→B-4，则可以使得NR控制器可以轮流在天线ANT1→ANT3→ANT4→ANT2上进行1T4R的SRS轮发，等等，本申请实施例对此不作具体限定，下述图10b-图10h同理，不再进行赘述。As mentioned above, in the default state, that is, when DPDT301 is connected, DPDT302 is connected, and DPDT303 is connected, B-3→B-2→B-4→B-1 can be turned on by controlling DP4T401, so as to make NR The controller can perform 1T4R SRS rotation on the antennas ANT4→ANT3→ANT2→ANT1 in turn. Optionally, developers can also change the order of antennas used in SRS rotation by changing the turn-on sequence of DP4T. For example, if the control DP4T turns on B-1→B-2→B-3→B- 4, then the NR controller can take turns to perform 1T4R SRS rotation on the antennas ANT1→ANT3→ANT4→ANT2, etc. This is not specifically limited in this embodiment of the application, and the same is true for the following Figures 10b-10h, No further description will be given.
(2)如图10b所示，当LTE发生天线切换时，例如请参阅图12a，图12a是本申请实施例提供的一种应用场景的示意图，如图12a所示，当用户横屏持握手机观看视频时，由于手部遮挡导致天线ANT2和ANT4的信号极弱的情况下，可以进行LTE天线切换。如图12a所示，可以选择通过ANT1和ANT3中信号较好的ANT1来发射LTE主集信号，从而保证用户的使用体验。如图10b所示，此时LTE控制器可以控制DPDT301交叉导通(A-2/B-1导通)，DPDT302直通(A-1/B-2导通)，DPDT303直通(A-1/B-2导通)，以及控制SPDT101为A-2导通，SPDT102为A-2导通。如图10b所示，此时，LTE TX1/PRX1经由合路器202的低频端、输出端、DPDT301的端口B、端口1、DPDT302的端口A、端口1与天线ANT1连接，也即LTE主集工作在ANT1，通过ANT1发射LTE主集发射信号以及接收LTE主集接收信号；LTE DRX1经由合路器201的低频端、输出端、DPDT301的端口A、端口2、DPDT303的端口A、端口1与天线ANT2连接，也即LTE分集工作在ANT2，通过ANT2接收LTE分集接收信号；NR MIMO PRX2经由SPDT102的端口2、端口A、合路器202的高频端、输出端、DPDT301的端口B、端口1、DPDT302的端口A、端口1与天线ANT1连接，也即NR MIMO PRX2工作在ANT1；NR MIMO DRX2经由SPDT101的端口2、端口A、合路器201的高频端、输出端、DPDT301的端口A、端口2、DPDT303的端口A、端口1与天线ANT2连接，也即NR MIMO DRX2工作在ANT2。(2) As shown in Figure 10b, when antenna switching occurs in LTE, for example, please refer to Figure 12a. Figure 12a is a schematic diagram of an application scenario provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 12a, when the user holds the horizontal screen When watching a video on a mobile phone, the LTE antenna can be switched when the signals of the antennas ANT2 and ANT4 are extremely weak due to the occlusion of the hand. As shown in Fig. 12a, ANT1 with better signal among ANT1 and ANT3 can be selected to transmit the LTE main set signal, so as to ensure the user's use experience. As shown in Figure 10b, the LTE controller can control the DPDT301 cross-connection (A-2/B-1 is turned on), the DPDT302 is directly connected (A-1/B-2 is turned on), and the DPDT303 is directly connected (A-1/B-2 is turned on). B-2 is turned on), and control SPDT101 to be A-2 turned on, SPDT102 to be A-2 turned on. As shown in Figure 10b, at this time, the LTE TX1/PRX1 is connected to the antenna ANT1 via the low frequency end, the output end of the combiner 202, the port B of the DPDT301, the port 1, the port A of the DPDT302, and the port 1, that is, the LTE main set Works in ANT1, transmits the LTE main set transmit signal and receives the LTE main set receive signal through ANT1; The antenna ANT2 is connected, that is, the LTE diversity works in ANT2, and the LTE diversity reception signal is received through ANT2; 1. Port A and port 1 of the DPDT302 are connected to the antenna ANT1, that is, NR MIMO PRX2 works in ANT1; A. Port 2, port A and port 1 of DPDT303 are connected to antenna ANT2, that is, NR MIMO DRX2 works in ANT2.
如上所述，在图10b所示的LTE天线选择状态下，同理，若此时发起NR的1T4R SRS，则也可以通过控制DP4T401来实现。具体控制可参考上述(1)默认状态下对应的描述，下面仅做简单总结：可以通过控制DP4T401轮流导通B-3→B-2→B-4→B-1，从而使得NR控制器可以轮流在天线ANT4→ANT3→ANT1→ANT2上进行1T4R的SRS轮发，等等，此处不再进行赘述。As described above, in the LTE antenna selection state shown in FIG. 10b, similarly, if the 1T4R SRS of NR is initiated at this time, it can also be realized by controlling the DP4T401. For specific control, please refer to the corresponding description of the above (1) default state. The following is only a brief summary: You can control the DP4T401 to turn on B-3→B-2→B-4→B-1 in turn, so that the NR controller can 1T4R SRS transmission is performed on the antennas ANT4→ANT3→ANT1→ANT2 in turn, and so on, which will not be repeated here.
(3)如图10c所示，在保证LTE TX1在ANT1上发射信号的前提下，也即在控制DPDT301交叉导通(A-2/B-1导通)，DPDT302直通(A-1/B-2导通)的前提下，还可以将DPDT303切换至交叉导通状态(A-2/B-1导通)，此时，LTE TX1/PRX1、NR MIMO PRX2均工作在ANT1，LTE DRX1、NR MIMO DRX2均工作在ANT4。(3) As shown in Figure 10c, on the premise of ensuring that LTE TX1 transmits signals on ANT1, that is, controlling DPDT301 cross-conduction (A-2/B-1 conduction), DPDT302 straight-through (A-1/B On the premise of -2 conduction), the DPDT303 can also be switched to the cross conduction state (A-2/B-1 conduction), at this time, LTE TX1/PRX1, NR MIMO PRX2 all work in ANT1, LTE DRX1, Both NR MIMO DRX2 work on ANT4.
同理，在图10c所示的LTE天线选择状态下，若此时发起NR的1T4R SRS，则也可以通 过控制DP4T401来实现。具体控制可参考上述(1)默认状态下对应的描述，下面仅做简单总结：可以通过控制DP4T401轮流导通B-3→B-2→B-4→B-1，从而使得NR控制器可以轮流在天线ANT2→ANT3→ANT1→ANT4上进行1T4R的SRS轮发，等等，此处不再进行赘述。Similarly, in the LTE antenna selection state shown in Figure 10c, if the 1T4R SRS of NR is initiated at this time, it can also be realized by controlling the DP4T401. For specific control, please refer to the corresponding description of the above (1) default state. The following is only a brief summary: You can control the DP4T401 to turn on B-3→B-2→B-4→B-1 in turn, so that the NR controller can The 1T4R SRS is sent in turn on the antennas ANT2→ANT3→ANT1→ANT4, etc., which will not be repeated here.
(4)如图10d所示，若此时天线ANT2的信号较强，为了使得LTE TX1可以通过ANT2发射信号，则除了可以由上述(2)和(3)中的状态直接切换回(1)中的默认状态外，还可以在控制DPDT301直通，DPDT303直通的前提下，将DPDT302切换至交叉导通状态(A-2/B-1导通)。如图10d所示，此时，LTE TX1/PRX1、NR MIMO PRX2均工作在ANT2，LTE DRX1、NR MIMO DRX2均工作在ANT3。(4) As shown in Figure 10d, if the signal of the antenna ANT2 is strong at this time, in order to enable the LTE TX1 to transmit signals through ANT2, in addition to being able to directly switch back to (1) from the states in (2) and (3) above In addition to the default state in , the DPDT302 can also be switched to the cross conduction state (A-2/B-1 conduction) under the premise of controlling the DPDT301 to pass through and the DPDT303 to pass through. As shown in Figure 10d, at this time, both LTE TX1/PRX1 and NR MIMO PRX2 work on ANT2, and both LTE DRX1 and NR MIMO DRX2 work on ANT3.
同理，在图10d所示的LTE天线选择状态下，若此时发起NR的1T4R SRS，则也可以通过控制DP4T401来实现。具体控制可参考上述(1)默认状态下对应的描述，下面仅做简单总结：可以通过控制DP4T401轮流导通B-3→B-2→B-4→B-1，从而使得NR控制器可以轮流在天线ANT4→ANT1→ANT2→ANT3上进行1T4R的SRS轮发，等等，此处不再进行赘述。Similarly, in the LTE antenna selection state shown in Figure 10d, if the 1T4R SRS of NR is initiated at this time, it can also be realized by controlling the DP4T401. For specific control, please refer to the corresponding description of the above (1) default state. The following is only a brief summary: You can control the DP4T401 to turn on B-3→B-2→B-4→B-1 in turn, so that the NR controller can 1T4R SRS transmission is performed on the antennas ANT4→ANT1→ANT2→ANT3 in turn, and so on, which will not be repeated here.
(5)如图10e所示，当LTE又需要发生天线切换时，例如请参阅图12b，图12b是本申请实施例提供的另一种应用场景的示意图，如图12b所示，当用户横屏持握手机操作游戏时，由于手部遮挡导致天线ANT1和ANT2的信号极弱的情况下，可以进行LTE天线切换。如图12b所示，可以选择通过ANT3和ANT4中信号较好的ANT3来发射LTE主集信号，从而保证用户的使用体验。如图10e所示，此时LTE控制器可以控制DPDT301交叉导通(A-2/B-1导通)，DPDT302交叉导通(A-2/B-1导通)，DPDT303直通(A-1/B-2导通)，以及控制SPDT101为A-2导通，SPDT102为A-2导通。如图10e所示，此时，LTE TX1/PRX1、NR MIMO PRX2均工作在ANT3，LTE DRX1、NR MIMO DRX2均工作在ANT2。(5) As shown in FIG. 10e, when LTE needs to perform antenna switching again, for example, please refer to FIG. 12b. FIG. 12b is a schematic diagram of another application scenario provided by the embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 12b, when the user horizontally When the screen is holding the phone to operate the game, the LTE antenna switching can be performed when the signals of the antennas ANT1 and ANT2 are extremely weak due to the shielding of the hand. As shown in Fig. 12b, ANT3 with better signal among ANT3 and ANT4 can be selected to transmit the LTE main set signal, so as to ensure the user's use experience. As shown in Figure 10e, at this time, the LTE controller can control the DPDT301 to be cross-connected (A-2/B-1 is turned on), the DPDT302 to be cross-connected (A-2/B-1 to be turned on), and the DPDT303 to be directly connected (A-2/B-1 is turned on). 1/B-2 is turned on), and control SPDT101 to be A-2 turned on, SPDT102 to be A-2 turned on. As shown in Figure 10e, at this time, both LTE TX1/PRX1 and NR MIMO PRX2 work on ANT3, and both LTE DRX1 and NR MIMO DRX2 work on ANT2.
同理，在图10e所示的LTE天线选择状态下，若此时发起NR的1T4R SRS，则也可以通过控制DP4T401来实现。具体控制可参考上述(1)默认状态下对应的描述，下面仅做简单总结：可以通过控制DP4T401轮流导通B-3→B-2→B-4→B-1，从而使得NR控制器可以轮流在天线ANT4→ANT1→ANT3→ANT2上进行1T4R的SRS轮发，等等，此处不再进行赘述。Similarly, in the LTE antenna selection state shown in Figure 10e, if the 1T4R SRS of NR is initiated at this time, it can also be realized by controlling the DP4T401. For specific control, please refer to the corresponding description of the above (1) default state. The following is only a brief summary: You can control the DP4T401 to turn on B-3→B-2→B-4→B-1 in turn, so that the NR controller can 1T4R SRS transmission is performed on the antennas ANT4→ANT1→ANT3→ANT2 in turn, and so on, which will not be repeated here.
(6)如图10f所示，在保证LTE TX1在ANT1上发射信号的前提下，也即在控制DPDT301交叉导通(A-2/B-1导通)，DPDT302交叉导通(A-2/B-1导通)的前提下，还可以将DPDT303切换至交叉导通状态(A-2/B-1导通)，此时，LTE TX1/PRX1、NR MIMO PRX2均工作在ANT3，LTE DRX1、NR MIMO DRX2均工作在ANT4。(6) As shown in Figure 10f, under the premise of ensuring that LTE TX1 transmits signals on ANT1, that is, controlling DPDT301 cross-conduction (A-2/B-1 conduction), DPDT302 cross-conduction (A-2 On the premise that /B-1 is on), the DPDT303 can also be switched to the cross-on state (A-2/B-1 is on). At this time, LTE TX1/PRX1, NR MIMO PRX2 all work in ANT3, LTE Both DRX1 and NR MIMO DRX2 work in ANT4.
同理，在图10f所示的LTE天线选择状态下，若此时发起NR的1T4R SRS，则也可以通过控制DP4T401来实现。具体控制可参考上述(1)默认状态下对应的描述，下面仅做简单总结：可以通过控制DP4T401轮流导通B-3→B-2→B-4→B-1，从而使得NR控制器可以轮流在天线ANT2→ANT1→ANT3→ANT4上进行1T4R的SRS轮发，等等，此处不再进行赘述。Similarly, in the LTE antenna selection state shown in Figure 10f, if the 1T4R SRS of NR is initiated at this time, it can also be realized by controlling the DP4T401. For specific control, please refer to the corresponding description of the above (1) default state. The following is only a brief summary: You can control the DP4T401 to turn on B-3→B-2→B-4→B-1 in turn, so that the NR controller can The 1T4R SRS transmission is performed on the antennas ANT2→ANT1→ANT3→ANT4 in turn, and so on, which will not be repeated here.
(7)如图10g所示，若检测到此时天线ANT4的信号较强，为了使得LTE TX1可以通过ANT4发射信号，保证用户的使用体验，则LTE控制器可以切换至ANT4来发射LTE主集信号。如图10g所示，此时LTE控制器可以控制DPDT301直通(A-1/B-2导通)，DPDT302 直通(A-1/B-2导通)，DPDT303交叉导通(A-2/B-1导通)，以及控制SPDT101为A-2导通，SPDT102为A-2导通。如图10e所示，此时，LTE TX1/PRX1、NR MIMO PRX2均工作在ANT4，LTE DRX1、NR MIMO DRX2均工作在ANT1。(7) As shown in Figure 10g, if it is detected that the signal of the antenna ANT4 is strong at this time, in order to enable the LTE TX1 to transmit signals through ANT4 to ensure the user's experience, the LTE controller can switch to ANT4 to transmit the LTE main set Signal. As shown in Figure 10g, the LTE controller can control the DPDT301 pass-through (A-1/B-2 is turned on), the DPDT302 pass-through (A-1/B-2 is turned on), and the DPDT303 cross-connection (A-2/ B-1 is turned on), and control SPDT101 to be A-2 turned on, SPDT102 to be A-2 turned on. As shown in Figure 10e, at this time, both LTE TX1/PRX1 and NR MIMO PRX2 work on ANT4, and both LTE DRX1 and NR MIMO DRX2 work on ANT1.
同理，在图10g所示的LTE天线选择状态下，若此时发起NR的1T4R SRS，则也可以通过控制DP4T401来实现。具体控制可参考上述(1)默认状态下对应的描述，下面仅做简单总结：可以通过控制DP4T401轮流导通B-3→B-2→B-4→B-1，从而使得NR控制器可以轮流在天线ANT2→ANT3→ANT4→ANT1上进行1T4R的SRS轮发，等等，此处不再进行赘述。Similarly, in the LTE antenna selection state shown in Figure 10g, if the 1T4R SRS of NR is initiated at this time, it can also be realized by controlling the DP4T401. For specific control, please refer to the corresponding description of the above (1) default state. The following is only a brief summary: You can control the DP4T401 to turn on B-3→B-2→B-4→B-1 in turn, so that the NR controller can The 1T4R SRS transmission is performed on the antennas ANT2→ANT3→ANT4→ANT1 in turn, and so on, which will not be repeated here.
(8)如图10h所示，在保证LTE TX1在ANT4上发射信号的前提下，也即在控制DPDT301直通(A-1/B-2导通)，DPDT303交叉导通(A-2/B-1导通)的前提下，还可以将DPDT302切换至交叉导通状态(A-2/B-1导通)，此时，LTE TX1/PRX1、NR MIMO PRX2均工作在ANT4，LTE DRX1、NR MIMO DRX2均工作在ANT3。(8) As shown in Figure 10h, under the premise of ensuring that LTE TX1 transmits signals on ANT4, that is, when controlling DPDT301 to conduct (A-1/B-2 on), DPDT303 cross-conduct (A-2/B) On the premise of -1 conduction), the DPDT302 can also be switched to the cross conduction state (A-2/B-1 conduction), at this time, LTE TX1/PRX1, NR MIMO PRX2 all work in ANT4, LTE DRX1, Both NR MIMO DRX2 work in ANT3.
同理，在图10h所示的LTE天线选择状态下，若此时发起NR的1T4R SRS，则也可以通过控制DP4T401来实现。具体控制可参考上述(1)默认状态下对应的描述，下面仅做简单总结：可以通过控制DP4T401轮流导通B-3→B-2→B-4→B-1，从而使得NR控制器可以轮流在天线ANT2→ANT1→ANT4→ANT3上进行1T4R的SRS轮发，等等，此处不再进行赘述。Similarly, in the LTE antenna selection state shown in Figure 10h, if the 1T4R SRS of NR is initiated at this time, it can also be realized by controlling the DP4T401. For specific control, please refer to the corresponding description of the above (1) default state. The following is only a brief summary: You can control the DP4T401 to turn on B-3→B-2→B-4→B-1 in turn, so that the NR controller can 1T4R SRS transmission is performed on the antennas ANT2→ANT1→ANT4→ANT3 in turn, and so on, which will not be repeated here.
综上，本申请实施例通过更加合理的器件选择和电路连接，可以实现当LTE做任意的天线切换时，也即当LTE通过各个开关选择任意天线进行信号传输时，NR的SRS轮发不会打断LTE的主分集接收，并且LTE不需要做TX-blanking，LTE和NR两套系统实现不冲突共存。同时，如下表1所示，相较于前述现有技术中的方案一，本申请实施例在实现LTE四天线和NR四天线复用后，电路上只使用2个合路器和1个DP4T，大大减少了电路器件布局的总面积，并随之降低了生产制造成本。To sum up, through more reasonable device selection and circuit connection, the embodiment of the present application can realize that when LTE performs arbitrary antenna switching, that is, when LTE selects any antenna for signal transmission through each switch, the SRS rotation of NR will not occur. The main diversity reception of LTE is interrupted, and LTE does not need to do TX-blanking, and the two systems of LTE and NR can coexist without conflict. At the same time, as shown in Table 1 below, compared with the previous solution 1 in the prior art, after implementing the multiplexing of LTE four-antenna and NR four-antenna in the embodiment of the present application, only two combiners and one DP4T are used in the circuit , greatly reducing the total area of the circuit device layout, and subsequently reduce the manufacturing cost.
表1Table 1
对比项目Compare items 方案一Option One 本申请this application
SP2TSP2T 2个2 2个2
合路器 Combiner 4个4 2个2
DP4T DP4T 2个2 1个1
DPDT DPDT 1个1 3个3
总面积The total area 31.19mm 2 31.19mm 2 20.94mm 2 20.94mm 2
可选地，请参阅图13，图13是本申请实施例提供的一种等效电路的示意图。如图13所示，该开关装置的等效电路中可以包括SPDT101、SPDT102、合路器201、合路器202和一个四刀六掷开关(4P6T501)。请一并参阅图4b和图13，显然，本申请实施例较之现有的方案一，简化了电路，减少了合路器的数量，降低了生产制造成本。请一并参考图8，显然，如图8和图13所示，该N个第一端口即可以为4P6T中的端口A和端口B，该X个第一端 口即可以为4P6T中的端口C和端口D，该K个第二端口即可以为4P6T中的端口1、端口2、端口3和端口4，该N个第二端口即可以为4P6T中的端口5和端口6。请一并参考图9，如图9和图13所示，该等效电路为将DPDT301、DPDT302、DPDT303和DP4T401等效为4P6T501。可以理解的是，该等效电路实现的功能与上述图8和图9对应实施例的描述一致。Optionally, please refer to FIG. 13 , which is a schematic diagram of an equivalent circuit provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 13, the equivalent circuit of the switching device may include SPDT101, SPDT102, combiner 201, combiner 202 and a four-pole six-throw switch (4P6T501). Please refer to FIG. 4b and FIG. 13 together. Obviously, compared with the existing solution 1, the embodiment of the present application simplifies the circuit, reduces the number of combiners, and reduces the manufacturing cost. Please refer to FIG. 8 together. Obviously, as shown in FIG. 8 and FIG. 13 , the N first ports can be the ports A and B in the 4P6T, and the X first ports can be the port C in the 4P6T. and port D, the K second ports may be port 1, port 2, port 3 and port 4 in 4P6T, and the N second ports may be port 5 and port 6 in 4P6T. Please refer to Figure 9 together. As shown in Figure 9 and Figure 13, the equivalent circuit is equivalent to DPDT301, DPDT302, DPDT303 and DP4T401 as 4P6T501. It can be understood that the functions implemented by the equivalent circuit are consistent with the descriptions of the corresponding embodiments in FIG. 8 and FIG. 9 above.
例如，请参阅图14a-图14d，图14a-图14d是本申请实施例提供的一组等效电路的天线选择示意图。如图14a-图14d所示，当LTE主分集分别工作在ANT2和ANT1上时，可以通过控制该4P6T轮流导通C-3→C-5→C-6→C-4，以实现NR的SRS在天线ANT3→ANT1→ANT2→ANT4上轮发，等等，此处不再进行赘述。For example, please refer to FIG. 14a-FIG. 14d, FIG. 14a-FIG. 14d are schematic diagrams of antenna selection of a group of equivalent circuits provided by the embodiments of the present application. As shown in Figures 14a-14d, when the LTE main diversity works on ANT2 and ANT1 respectively, the 4P6T can be controlled to turn on C-3→C-5→C-6→C-4 in turn to achieve NR The SRS is sent in turn on the antennas ANT3→ANT1→ANT2→ANT4, etc., which will not be repeated here.
进一步地，请参阅图15，图15是本申请实施例提供的又一种开关装置的结构示意图。如图15所示，该扩展电路支持第二路NR频段，也即增加了如图15所示的NR2 TX3/PRX3、NR2 DRX3、NR2 MIMO PRX3和NR2 MIMO DRX3。相应地，如图15所示，该开关装置包括SPDT101、SPDT102、合路器201、合路器202、DPDT301、DPDT302、DPDT303、DP4T402和4P4T601。其中，DP4T402的端口A与SPDT101的端口2连接，DP4T402的端口B与SPDT102的端口2连接，DP4T402的端口1与NR2 MIMO DRX3连接，端口2与NR2 MIMO PRX3连接，端口3与NR1 MIMO DRX2连接，端口4与NR1 MIMO PRX2连接。其中，4P4T601的端口A与NR2 DRX3连接，端口B与NR2 TX3/PRX3连接，端口C与NR1 DRX2连接，端口D与NR1 TX2/PRX2连接，其余连接关系可参考上述图9对应实施例的描述，此处不再进行赘述。Further, please refer to FIG. 15 . FIG. 15 is a schematic structural diagram of another switch device provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 15, the expansion circuit supports the second NR frequency band, that is, NR2 TX3/PRX3, NR2 DRX3, NR2 MIMO PRX3 and NR2 MIMO DRX3 as shown in Figure 15 are added. Correspondingly, as shown in FIG. 15 , the switching device includes SPDT101 , SPDT102 , combiner 201 , combiner 202 , DPDT301 , DPDT302 , DPDT303 , DP4T402 and 4P4T601 . Among them, port A of DP4T402 is connected to port 2 of SPDT101, port B of DP4T402 is connected to port 2 of SPDT102, port 1 of DP4T402 is connected to NR2 MIMO DRX3, port 2 is connected to NR2 MIMO PRX3, and port 3 is connected to NR1 MIMO DRX2. Port 4 is connected with NR1 MIMO PRX2. Among them, port A of 4P4T601 is connected with NR2 DRX3, port B is connected with NR2 TX3/PRX3, port C is connected with NR1 DRX2, and port D is connected with NR1 TX2/PRX2, and the rest of the connection relationships can refer to the description of the corresponding embodiment in Figure 9 above, No further description is given here.
如图15所示，DP4T402的设置，使得该电路支持第二路NR的主分集收发，以及新增的4P4T601使得该电路支持第二路NR MIMO的主分集接收。其中，NR1与NR2覆盖的频段不同，两者不同时工作，NR1和NR2可以分别实现与前述图9对应实施例一样的功能，也即在LTE任意进行天线切换时，NR1或者NR2可以进行SRS轮发，并且不会干扰LTE的天线切换。例如，当NR1工作时，可以通过控制4P4T601中的端口D在端口1、端口2、端口3和端口4之间按照一定顺序轮流进行导通，从而实现NR1的SRS轮发，具体可参考上述图10a-图10h对应的实施例，此处不再进行赘述。又例如，当NR2工作时，可以通过控制4P4T601中的端口B在端口1、端口2、端口3和端口4之间按照一定顺序轮流进行导通，从而实现NR2的SRS轮发，具体可参考上述图10a-图10h对应的实施例，此处不再进行赘述。As shown in Figure 15, the setting of DP4T402 enables the circuit to support the main diversity transceiver of the second channel NR, and the newly added 4P4T601 enables the circuit to support the main diversity reception of the second channel NR MIMO. Among them, the frequency bands covered by NR1 and NR2 are different, and the two do not work at the same time. NR1 and NR2 can respectively implement the same functions as the corresponding embodiment in Figure 9, that is, when LTE arbitrarily performs antenna switching, NR1 or NR2 can perform SRS rounds. and does not interfere with LTE antenna switching. For example, when NR1 is working, you can control the port D in 4P4T601 to turn on port 1, port 2, port 3 and port 4 in turn in a certain order, so as to realize the SRS rotation of NR1. For details, please refer to the above figure. Embodiments corresponding to 10a to 10h will not be repeated here. For another example, when NR2 is working, you can control the port B in the 4P4T601 to turn on port 1, port 2, port 3 and port 4 in turn in a certain order, so as to realize the SRS rotation of NR2. For details, please refer to the above The embodiments corresponding to FIG. 10a-FIG. 10h will not be repeated here.
进一步地，请参阅图16，图16是本申请实施例提供的又一种开关装置的结构示意图。如图16所示，射频电路部分增加了NR1 TX4和NR2 TX5，因此，相较于图15，图6所示的电路结构还扩展支持第一路NR和第二路NR的2T4R规格，也即NR1支持2路发射(TX2和TX3)，NR2也支持2路发射(TX4和TX5)。其中，如图16所示，NR1 TX4与DP4T402的端口4连接，NR2 TX5与DP4T402的端口2连接。可选地，如前述对SRS的解释说明中所述，当整个射频系统(例如包括射频电路、开关装置和天线系统)工作在NSA模式时，LTE与NR1 TX2工作，此时NR1 TX4与NR2 TX5不工作；或者，LTE与NR2 TX3工作，此时NR1 TX4与NR2 TX5不工作，如此，也即相当于NR仅支持1T4R的SRS轮发，可等同于图15对应的实施例。当整个射频系统工作在SA模式时，NR1 TX2与NR1 TX4工作，LTE不工作；或者，NR2 TX3与NR2 TX5工作，LTE不工作，如此，NR1和NR2均支持2T4R的SRS轮发。例如，当整个射频系统工作在SA模式，且NR1 TX2与NR1 TX4工作时，可以 通过控制4P4T601中的端口D在端口1、端口2、端口3和端口4之间按照一定顺序轮流进行导通，并且通过控制DP4T402中的端口4在端口A和端口B之间轮流导通，以及通过控制DPDT301、DPDT302和DPDT303各自的导通状态等等，使得NR1 TX2与NR1 TX4均可以通过4根天线进行SRS轮发，从而实现第一路NR(也即NR1)2T4R规格的SRS轮发，具体可参考上述图10a-图10h对应的实施例，此处不再进行赘述。Further, please refer to FIG. 16 . FIG. 16 is a schematic structural diagram of another switch device provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 16, NR1 TX4 and NR2 TX5 are added to the RF circuit part. Therefore, compared with Figure 15, the circuit structure shown in Figure 6 also extends the 2T4R specification to support the first NR and the second NR, that is, NR1 supports 2-way transmission (TX2 and TX3), and NR2 also supports 2-way transmission (TX4 and TX5). Among them, as shown in Figure 16, NR1 TX4 is connected to port 4 of DP4T402, and NR2 TX5 is connected to port 2 of DP4T402. Optionally, as described in the aforementioned explanation of SRS, when the entire radio frequency system (for example, including the radio frequency circuit, switching device and antenna system) works in NSA mode, LTE and NR1 TX2 work, at this time NR1 TX4 and NR2 TX5 Do not work; or, LTE and NR2 TX3 work, at this time NR1 TX4 and NR2 TX5 do not work, so that is equivalent to NR only supports 1T4R SRS rotation, which can be equivalent to the embodiment corresponding to Figure 15. When the entire RF system works in SA mode, NR1 TX2 and NR1 TX4 work, LTE does not work; or, NR2 TX3 and NR2 TX5 work, LTE does not work, so, NR1 and NR2 both support 2T4R SRS rotation. For example, when the entire RF system works in SA mode, and NR1 TX2 and NR1 TX4 work, you can control the port D in the 4P4T601 to turn on port 1, port 2, port 3 and port 4 in a certain order. And by controlling port 4 in DP4T402 to turn on between port A and port B, and by controlling the respective conduction states of DPDT301, DPDT302 and DPDT303, etc., both NR1 TX2 and NR1 TX4 can perform SRS through 4 antennas In order to achieve the first channel of NR (ie NR1) 2T4R specification SRS in rotation, for details, refer to the embodiments corresponding to the above-mentioned FIGS. 10a-10h, which will not be repeated here.
请参阅图17，图17是本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法的流程示意图，该通信方法可以应用于通信设备(例如上述图6所述的通信设备100)。该通信设备可以包括天线系统和开关装置，该天线系统包括K根天线；该开关装置包括N+X个第一端口、K+N个第二端口和N个合路器；其中，该K+N个第二端口中的K个第二端口分别与该K根天线一一连接；该K+N个第二端口中的N个第二端口分别与该N个合路器各自的第一输入端一一连接；该N个合路器各自的输出端分别与该N+X个第一端口中的N个第一端口一一连接；N、X、K为大于或者等于1的整数。可选地，该方法可以应用于上述图12a或者图12b所述的应用场景中，该方法可以包括以下步骤S701-步骤S704。Please refer to FIG. 17. FIG. 17 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application, and the communication method can be applied to a communication device (eg, the communication device 100 described in FIG. 6 above). The communication device may include an antenna system and a switch device, the antenna system includes K antennas; the switch device includes N+X first ports, K+N second ports and N combiners; wherein the K+ The K second ports in the N second ports are respectively connected with the K antennas one by one; the N second ports in the K+N second ports are respectively connected with the respective first inputs of the N combiners The respective output ends of the N combiners are respectively connected to the N first ports of the N+X first ports one by one; N, X, and K are integers greater than or equal to 1. Optionally, the method may be applied to the application scenario described in the above-mentioned FIG. 12a or FIG. 12b, and the method may include the following steps S701-S704.
步骤S701，通过所述开关装置，导通所述N个第一端口中的第i个第一端口与所述K个第二端口中的第j个第二端口，并通过对应的第j根天线传输第一类信号；i为大于或者等于1，且小于或者等于N的整数，j为大于或者等于1，且小于或者等于K的整数。Step S701, through the switching device, turn on the i-th first port in the N first ports and the j-th second port in the K second ports, and pass the corresponding j-th root The antenna transmits the first type of signal; i is an integer greater than or equal to 1 and less than or equal to N, and j is an integer greater than or equal to 1 and less than or equal to K.
步骤S702，通过所述开关装置，当第二类信号需要通过所述第j根天线传输时，导通所述X个第一端口中的第s个第一端口与所述N个第二端口中的第i个第二端口，经由与所述第i个第二端口连接的第i个合路器，以及与所述第i个合路器连接的所述第i个第一端口，将所述第s个第一端口导通至所述第j个第二端口，并通过所述第j根天线传输所述第二类信号；s为大于或者等于1，且小于或者等于X的整数。Step S702, through the switching device, when the second type signal needs to be transmitted through the jth antenna, turn on the sth first port and the N second ports in the X first ports The ith second port in, via the ith combiner connected to the ith second port, and the ith first port connected to the ith combiner, the The s th first port is connected to the j th second port, and transmits the second type signal through the j th antenna; s is an integer greater than or equal to 1 and less than or equal to X .
可选地，该通信方法具体可参考上述图8、图9，图10a-图10h以及图11a-图11d对应实施例的描述，此处不再进行赘述。Optionally, for the communication method, reference may be made to the descriptions of the corresponding embodiments in the above-mentioned FIG. 8 , FIG. 9 , FIGS. 10 a to 10 h , and FIGS. 11 a to 11 d , which will not be repeated here.
本发明实施例还提供一种计算机可读存储介质，其中，该计算机可读存储介质可存储有程序，该程序被处理器执行时，使得所述处理器可以执行上述方法实施例中记载的任意一种的部分或全部步骤。An embodiment of the present invention further provides a computer-readable storage medium, where the computer-readable storage medium may store a program, and when the program is executed by a processor, the processor may execute any of the methods described in the foregoing method embodiments. Some or all of the steps of a kind.
本发明实施例还提供一种计算机程序，该计算机程序包括指令，当该计算机程序被多核处理器执行时，使得所述处理器可以执行上述方法实施例中记载的任意一种的部分或全部步骤。Embodiments of the present invention further provide a computer program, where the computer program includes instructions, when the computer program is executed by a multi-core processor, the processor can perform some or all of the steps of any one of the above method embodiments .
需要理解，以上实施例以LTE核NR通信制式为例介绍，实际的通信制式可以替换为其类型，本实施例对此不限定。It should be understood that the above embodiments are described by taking the LTE core NR communication standard as an example, and the actual communication standard may be replaced by its type, which is not limited in this embodiment.
在上述实施例中，对各个实施例的描述都各有侧重，某个实施例中没有详述的部分，可以参见其它实施例的相关描述。需要说明的是，对于前述的各方法实施例，为了简单描述，故将其都表述为一系列的动作组合，但是本领域技术人员应该知悉，本发明并不受所描述的动作顺序的限制，因为依据本发明，某些步骤可能可以采用其它顺序或者同时进行。其次，本领域技术人员也应该知悉，说明书中所描述的实施例均属于优选实施例，所涉及的动作和模块并不一定是本发明所必须的。In the above-mentioned embodiments, the description of each embodiment has its own emphasis. For parts that are not described in detail in a certain embodiment, reference may be made to the relevant descriptions of other embodiments. It should be noted that, for the sake of simple description, the foregoing method embodiments are all expressed as a series of action combinations, but those skilled in the art should know that the present invention is not limited by the described action sequence. As in accordance with the present invention, certain steps may be performed in other orders or simultaneously. Secondly, those skilled in the art should also know that the embodiments described in the specification are all preferred embodiments, and the actions and modules involved are not necessarily required by the present invention.
在本发明所提供的几个实施例中，应该理解到，所揭露的装置，可通过其它的方式实现。例如，以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的，例如上述单元的划分，仅仅为一种逻辑功 能划分，实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式，例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统，或一些特征可以忽略，或不执行。另一点，所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口，装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接，可以是电性或其它的形式。In the several embodiments provided by the present invention, it should be understood that the disclosed apparatus may be implemented in other manners. For example, the device embodiments described above are only illustrative. For example, the division of the above-mentioned units is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods. For example, multiple units or components may be combined or integrated. to another system, or some features can be ignored, or not implemented. On the other hand, the shown or discussed mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection may be through some interfaces, indirect coupling or communication connection of devices or units, and may be in electrical or other forms.
上述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的，作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元，即可以位于一个地方，或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。The units described above as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and components shown as units may or may not be physical units, that is, may be located in one place, or may be distributed to multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution in this embodiment.
另外，在本发明各实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中，也可以是各个单元单独物理存在，也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。上述集成的单元既可以采用硬件的形式实现，也可以采用软件功能单元的形式实现。In addition, each functional unit in each embodiment of the present invention may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist physically alone, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit. The above-mentioned integrated units may be implemented in the form of hardware, or may be implemented in the form of software functional units.
上述集成的单元如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时，可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解，本发明的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的全部或部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来，该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中，包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以为个人计算机、服务器或者网络设备等，具体可以是计算机设备中的处理器)执行本发明各个实施例上述方法的全部或部分步骤。其中，而前述的存储介质可包括：U盘、移动硬盘、磁碟、光盘、只读存储器(read-only memory，ROM)、双倍速率同步动态随机存储器(double data rate，DDR)、闪存(flash)或者随机存取存储器(random access memory，RAM)等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。If the above-mentioned integrated units are implemented in the form of software functional units and sold or used as independent products, they may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium. Based on this understanding, the technical solution of the present invention is essentially or the part that contributes to the prior art, or all or part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product, and the computer software product is stored in a storage medium , including several instructions to cause a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc., specifically a processor in the computer device) to execute all or part of the steps of the above methods in various embodiments of the present invention. Wherein, the aforementioned storage medium may include: U disk, mobile hard disk, magnetic disk, optical disk, read-only memory (read-only memory, ROM), double-rate synchronous dynamic random access memory (double data rate, DDR), flash memory ( Flash) or random access memory (random access memory, RAM) and other media that can store program codes.
以上所述，以上实施例仅用以说明本发明的技术方案，而非对其限制；尽管参照前述实施例对本发明进行了详细的说明，本领域的普通技术人员应当理解：其依然可以对前述各实施例所记载的技术方案进行修改，或者对其中部分技术特征进行等同替换；而这些修改或者替换，并不使相应技术方案的本质脱离本发明各实施例技术方案的精神和范围。As mentioned above, the above embodiments are only used to illustrate the technical solutions of the present invention, but not to limit them; although the present invention has been described in detail with reference to the foregoing embodiments, those of ordinary skill in the art should understand: The technical solutions described in the embodiments are modified, or some technical features thereof are equivalently replaced; and these modifications or replacements do not make the essence of the corresponding technical solutions depart from the spirit and scope of the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present invention.

Claims (13)

  1. 一种开关装置，其特征在于，应用于通信设备，所述通信设备包括天线系统，所述天线系统包括K根天线；所述开关装置包括N+X个第一端口、K+N个第二端口和N个合路器；其中，A switching device, characterized in that it is applied to communication equipment, the communication equipment includes an antenna system, and the antenna system includes K antennas; the switching device includes N+X first ports, K+N second ports ports and N combiners; where,
    所述K+N个第二端口中的K个第二端口分别与所述K根天线一一连接；所述K+N个第二端口中的N个第二端口分别与所述N个合路器各自的第一输入端一一连接；所述N个合路器各自的输出端分别与所述N+X个第一端口中的N个第一端口一一连接；N、X、K为大于或者等于1的整数；The K second ports in the K+N second ports are respectively connected with the K antennas one by one; the N second ports in the K+N second ports are respectively combined with the N second ports. The respective first input ends of the N combiners are connected one by one; the respective output ends of the N combiners are respectively connected to the N first ports of the N+X first ports one by one; N, X, K is an integer greater than or equal to 1;
    所述开关装置，用于：The switchgear is used for:
    导通所述N个第一端口中的第i个第一端口与所述K个第二端口中的第j个第二端口，并通过对应的第j根天线传输第一类信号；i为大于或者等于1，且小于或者等于N的整数，j为大于或者等于1，且小于或者等于K的整数；Turn on the i-th first port in the N first ports and the j-th second port in the K second ports, and transmit the first-type signal through the corresponding j-th antenna; i is is an integer greater than or equal to 1 and less than or equal to N, and j is an integer greater than or equal to 1 and less than or equal to K;
    当第二类信号需要通过所述第j根天线传输时，导通所述X个第一端口中的第s个第一端口与所述N个第二端口中的第i个第二端口，经由与所述第i个第二端口连接的第i个合路器，以及与所述第i个合路器连接的所述第i个第一端口，将所述第s个第一端口导通至所述第j个第二端口，并通过所述第j根天线传输所述第二类信号；s为大于或者等于1，且小于或者等于X的整数。When the second type of signal needs to be transmitted through the jth antenna, the sth first port among the X first ports and the ith second port among the N second ports are turned on, The s-th first port is connected to the i-th first port via the i-th combiner connected to the i-th second port and the i-th first port connected to the i-th combiner. Passing to the jth second port, and transmitting the second type signal through the jth antenna; s is an integer greater than or equal to 1 and less than or equal to X.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的装置，其特征在于，所述开关装置，还用于：The device according to claim 1, wherein the switch device is further used for:
    当所述第二类信号需要通过第j’根天线传输时，导通所述X个第一端口中的第s个第一端口与所述K个第二端口中的第j’个第二端口，并通过对应的第j’根天线传输所述第二类信号；j’为大于或者等于1，且小于或者等于K的整数，j不等于j’。When the second type signal needs to be transmitted through the j'th antenna, the sth first port among the X first ports and the j'th second port among the K second ports are turned on port, and transmit the second type signal through the corresponding j'th antenna; j' is an integer greater than or equal to 1 and less than or equal to K, and j is not equal to j'.
  3. 根据权利要求1或2所述的装置，其特征在于，所述开关装置包括第一双刀双掷开关DPDT、第二DPDT、第三DPDT和双刀四掷开关DP4T；所述N个第一端口包括所述第一DPDT的两个P端口；所述X个第一端口包括所述DP4T中的两个P端口；所述K个第二端口包括所述第二DPDT中的两个T端口和所述第三DPDT中的两个T端口；所述N个第二端口包括所述DP4T中的两个T端口。The device according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the switching device comprises a first double-pole double-throw switch DPDT, a second DPDT, a third DPDT and a double-pole four-throw switch DP4T; The ports include two P ports of the first DPDT; the X first ports include two P ports in the DP4T; the K second ports include two T ports in the second DPDT and two T ports in the third DPDT; the N second ports include two T ports in the DP4T.
  4. 根据权利要求3所述的装置，其特征在于，所述第一DPDT、所述第二DPDT和所述第三DPDT中均包括第一个P端口、第二个P端口、第一个T端口和第二个T端口；所述DP4T中包括第一个P端口、第二个P端口、第一个T端口、第二个T端口、第三个T端口和第四个T端口；The apparatus according to claim 3, wherein each of the first DPDT, the second DPDT and the third DPDT includes a first P port, a second P port, and a first T port and the second T port; the DP4T includes the first P port, the second P port, the first T port, the second T port, the third T port and the fourth T port;
    所述第一DPDT的第一个T端口与所述第二DPDT的第一个P端口连接；所述第二DPDT的第一个T端口与所述K根天线中的第一根天线连接；The first T port of the first DPDT is connected to the first P port of the second DPDT; the first T port of the second DPDT is connected to the first antenna of the K antennas;
    所述第一DPDT的第二个T端口与所述第三DPDT的第一个P端口连接；所述第三DPDT的第一个T端口与所述K根天线中的第二根天线连接；The second T port of the first DPDT is connected to the first P port of the third DPDT; the first T port of the third DPDT is connected to the second antenna of the K antennas;
    所述DP4T的第二个T端口与所述第二DPDT的第二个P端口连接；所述第二DPDT的第二个T端口与所述K根天线中的第三根天线连接；The second T port of the DP4T is connected to the second P port of the second DPDT; the second T port of the second DPDT is connected to the third antenna in the K antennas;
    所述DP4T的第三个T端口与所述第三DPDT的第二个P端口连接；所述第三DPDT的第二个T端口与所述K根天线中的第四根天线连接。The third T port of the DP4T is connected to the second P port of the third DPDT; the second T port of the third DPDT is connected to the fourth antenna among the K antennas.
  5. 根据权利要求4所述的装置，其特征在于，所述通信设备还包括射频电路，所述射频电路包括第一类电路和第二类电路；所述第一类电路包括第一主集发射电路、第一主集接收电路和第一分集接收电路；所述第二类电路包括第二主集发射电路、第二主集接收电路和第二分集接收电路；所述N个合路器包括第一合路器和第二合路器；其中，The apparatus according to claim 4, wherein the communication device further comprises a radio frequency circuit, the radio frequency circuit comprises a first type of circuit and a second type of circuit; the first type of circuit comprises a first main set transmit circuit , a first main set receiving circuit and a first diversity receiving circuit; the second type of circuit includes a second main set transmitting circuit, a second main set receiving circuit and a second diversity receiving circuit; the N combiners include the first a combiner and a second combiner; wherein,
    所述第一分集接收电路与所述第一合路器的第二输入端连接；所述第一主集发射电路和所述第一主集接收电路与所述第二合路器的第二输入端连接；The first diversity receiving circuit is connected to the second input end of the first combiner; the first main set transmitting circuit and the first main set receiving circuit are connected to the second input end of the second combiner input connection;
    所述第二分集接收电路与所述DP4T的第一个P端口连接；所述第二主集发射电路和所述第二主集接收电路与所述DP4T的第二个P端口连接。The second diversity receiving circuit is connected to the first P port of the DP4T; the second main set transmitting circuit and the second main set receiving circuit are connected to the second P port of the DP4T.
  6. 根据权利要求5所述的装置，其特征在于，所述第一类信号包括第一主集发射信号、第一主集接收信号和第一分集接收信号；所述第二类信号包括第二主集发射信号、第二主集接收信号和第二分集接收信号；所述第一合路器和所述第二合路器的所述第一输入端为高频端，所述第一合路器和所述第二合路器的所述第二输入端为低频端。The apparatus according to claim 5, wherein the first type of signal comprises a first main set transmit signal, a first main set receive signal and a first diversity receive signal; the second type of signal comprises a second main set signal set transmit signal, second main set receive signal and second diversity receive signal; the first input end of the first combiner and the second combiner is a high frequency end, and the first combiner The second input end of the second combiner and the second combiner is a low frequency end.
  7. 根据权利要求6所述的装置，其特征在于，所述开关装置还包括：第一单刀双掷开关SPDT和第二SPDT；所述第一SPDT和所述第二SPDT中均包括P端口、第一个T端口和第二个T端口；其中，The device according to claim 6, wherein the switch device further comprises: a first SPDT and a second SPDT; the first SPDT and the second SPDT both include a P port, a second SPDT one T port and a second T port; where,
    所述DP4T的第一个T端口与所述第一SPDT的第一个T端口连接；所述第一SPDT的P端口与所述第一合路器的第一输入端连接；所述第一个合路器的输出端与所述第一DPDT的第一个P端口连接；The first T port of the DP4T is connected to the first T port of the first SPDT; the P port of the first SPDT is connected to the first input end of the first combiner; the first The output ends of the combiners are connected to the first P port of the first DPDT;
    所述DP4T的第四个T端口与所述第二SPDT的第一个T端口连接；所述第二SPDT的P端口与所述第二个合路器的第一输入端连接；所述第二个合路器的输出端与所述第一DPDT的第二个P端口连接。The fourth T port of the DP4T is connected to the first T port of the second SPDT; the P port of the second SPDT is connected to the first input end of the second combiner; the third The outputs of the two combiners are connected to the second P port of the first DPDT.
  8. 根据权利要求1-7任意一项所述的装置，其特征在于，所述K根天线均为支持长期演进LTE频段以及5G新空口NR频段的天线。The apparatus according to any one of claims 1-7, wherein the K antennas are all antennas supporting the Long Term Evolution LTE frequency band and the 5G New Radio interface NR frequency band.
  9. 一种通信方法，其特征在于，应用于通信设备，所述通信设备包括天线系统和开关装置，所述天线系统包括K根天线；所述开关装置包括N+X个第一端口、K+N个第二端口和N个合路器；其中，A communication method, characterized in that it is applied to a communication device, the communication device includes an antenna system and a switch device, the antenna system includes K antennas; the switch device includes N+X first ports, K+N second ports and N combiners; where,
    所述K+N个第二端口中的K个第二端口分别与所述K根天线一一连接；所述K+N个第二端口中的N个第二端口分别与所述N个合路器各自的第一输入端一一连接；所述N个合路器各自的输出端分别与所述N+X个第一端口中的N个第一端口一一连接；N、X、K为大于或者等于1的整数；The K second ports in the K+N second ports are respectively connected with the K antennas one by one; the N second ports in the K+N second ports are respectively combined with the N second ports. The respective first input ends of the N combiners are connected one by one; the respective output ends of the N combiners are respectively connected to the N first ports of the N+X first ports one by one; N, X, K is an integer greater than or equal to 1;
    所述方法包括：The method includes:
    通过所述开关装置，导通所述N个第一端口中的第i个第一端口与所述K个第二端口中的第j个第二端口，并通过对应的第j根天线传输第一类信号；i为大于或者等于1，且小于 或者等于N的整数，j为大于或者等于1，且小于或者等于K的整数；Through the switching device, the ith first port among the N first ports and the jth second port among the K second ports are turned on, and the jth antenna is transmitted through the corresponding jth antenna. A class of signals; i is an integer greater than or equal to 1 and less than or equal to N, j is an integer greater than or equal to 1 and less than or equal to K;
    通过所述开关装置，当第二类信号需要通过所述第j根天线传输时，导通所述X个第一端口中的第s个第一端口与所述N个第二端口中的第i个第二端口，经由与所述第i个第二端口连接的第i个合路器，以及与所述第i个合路器连接的所述第i个第一端口，将所述第s个第一端口导通至所述第j个第二端口，并通过所述第j根天线传输所述第二类信号；s为大于或者等于1，且小于或者等于X的整数。Through the switching device, when the second type signal needs to be transmitted through the jth antenna, the sth first port among the X first ports and the sth first port among the N second ports are turned on i second ports, via the i-th combiner connected to the i-th second port, and the i-th first port connected to the i-th combiner, connecting the i-th combiner The s first ports are connected to the jth second port, and transmit the second type signal through the jth antenna; s is an integer greater than or equal to 1 and less than or equal to X.
  10. 一种射频系统，应用于通信设备中，其特征在于，所述射频系统包括射频电路、天线系统以及上述权利要求1-8任意一项所述的开关装置。A radio frequency system, which is applied in communication equipment, is characterized in that, the radio frequency system includes a radio frequency circuit, an antenna system and the switch device according to any one of the above claims 1-8.
  11. 一种通信设备，其特征在于，所述通信设备包括射频电路、天线系统以及上述权利要求1-8中任意一项所述的开关装置。A communication device, characterized in that, the communication device includes a radio frequency circuit, an antenna system, and the switch device according to any one of the preceding claims 1-8.
  12. 一种计算机可读存储介质，其特征在于，所述计算机可读存储介质存储有计算机程序，该计算机程序被处理器执行时实现上述权利要求9所述的方法。A computer-readable storage medium, characterized in that, the computer-readable storage medium stores a computer program, and when the computer program is executed by a processor, the method of claim 9 above is implemented.
  13. 一种计算机程序，其特征在于，所述计算机可读程序包括指令，当所述计算机程序被处理器执行时，使得所述处理器执行如上述权利要求9所述的方法。A computer program, characterized in that the computer-readable program comprises instructions which, when executed by a processor, cause the processor to perform the method of claim 9 above.
PCT/CN2021/082790 2021-03-24 2021-03-24 Switch apparatus, communication method, and related device WO2022198513A1 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202180005197.6A CN115398811B (en) 2021-03-24 2021-03-24 Switching device, communication method and related equipment
PCT/CN2021/082790 WO2022198513A1 (en) 2021-03-24 2021-03-24 Switch apparatus, communication method, and related device

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2021/082790 WO2022198513A1 (en) 2021-03-24 2021-03-24 Switch apparatus, communication method, and related device

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2022198513A1 true WO2022198513A1 (en) 2022-09-29

Family

ID=83395038

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2021/082790 WO2022198513A1 (en) 2021-03-24 2021-03-24 Switch apparatus, communication method, and related device

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN115398811B (en)
WO (1) WO2022198513A1 (en)

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN109361444A (en) * 2018-11-30 2019-02-19 维沃移动通信有限公司 A kind of switching method and terminal device of transmitting antenna
CN110149132A (en) * 2019-07-08 2019-08-20 维沃移动通信有限公司 A kind of switching method and terminal device of transmitting antenna
US20190288735A1 (en) * 2018-03-16 2019-09-19 Guangdong Oppo Mobile Telecommunications Corp., Ltd Multiway Switch, Radio Frequency System, and Wireless Communication Device
CN110518931A (en) * 2019-07-25 2019-11-29 维沃移动通信有限公司 A kind of switching molding group, radio-frequency unit and terminal device
CN112134588A (en) * 2018-03-16 2020-12-25 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 Multi-way selector switch and related products

Family Cites Families (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN112398503B (en) * 2020-11-09 2022-05-17 维沃移动通信有限公司 Multi-mode radio frequency circuit, radio frequency signal transmission method and device and electronic equipment

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20190288735A1 (en) * 2018-03-16 2019-09-19 Guangdong Oppo Mobile Telecommunications Corp., Ltd Multiway Switch, Radio Frequency System, and Wireless Communication Device
CN112134588A (en) * 2018-03-16 2020-12-25 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 Multi-way selector switch and related products
CN109361444A (en) * 2018-11-30 2019-02-19 维沃移动通信有限公司 A kind of switching method and terminal device of transmitting antenna
CN110149132A (en) * 2019-07-08 2019-08-20 维沃移动通信有限公司 A kind of switching method and terminal device of transmitting antenna
CN110518931A (en) * 2019-07-25 2019-11-29 维沃移动通信有限公司 A kind of switching molding group, radio-frequency unit and terminal device

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN115398811A (en) 2022-11-25
CN115398811B (en) 2023-12-08

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP7473101B2 (en) Application display method and electronic device
US11942979B2 (en) Network radio frequency structure, radio frequency control method, and electronic device
WO2021004350A1 (en) Transmitting antenna switching method and terminal device
CN111614840B (en) Antenna transmission power adjusting method, device, storage medium and mobile terminal
US10884692B2 (en) Electronic device and method for displaying and transmitting images thereof
EP4030276B1 (en) Content continuation method and electronic device
WO2020215965A1 (en) Terminal control method and terminal
WO2019105449A1 (en) Antenna device and mobile terminal
CN111182614B (en) Method and device for establishing network connection and electronic equipment
CN112564871B (en) SRS (sounding reference Signal) round-robin configuration information reporting, configuration, terminal and network equipment
JP7468830B2 (en) Energy efficient display processing method and device - Patents.com
US11671220B2 (en) Sounding reference signal transmission and configuration methods, user equipment, and network side device
WO2022017205A1 (en) Method for displaying multiple windows and electronic device
JP7485313B2 (en) Call method and device
CN113115460B (en) Time slot selection method and related equipment
WO2023088209A1 (en) Cross-device audio data transmission method and electronic devices
CN113676238A (en) Method for determining angle of arrival and related product
JP7433439B2 (en) Methods, terminals, and MIMO systems for adjusting the amount of data streams
US20210204294A1 (en) Communication method for mobile terminal and mobile terminal
WO2022198513A1 (en) Switch apparatus, communication method, and related device
KR20140144642A (en) radio communication method and apparatus supporting multiple communication services
US20220346073A1 (en) Pdcch configuration method and terminal
CN115242994A (en) Video call system, method and device
JP7003275B2 (en) Communication method, mobile communication terminal, network side device and storage medium
KR20220014519A (en) Electronic device for synchronizing an output time point of content output by external electronic devices and method for the same

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 21932141

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 21932141

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1